Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


The  Bulletin:  1982-1983 


Lebanon  Valley  College  in  Brief 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  co-ed, 
church  related,  liberal  arts  college, 
founded  in  1866,  located  in  the  town  of 
Annville,  PA,  near  Hershey. 

Enrollment  is  950  students  with  an 

equal   distribution   between   men   and 

women. 

The  student  faculty  ratio  is  11:1 

Degrees  offered  include  Bachelor  of  Arts, 
Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Chemistry  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Medical  Technology. 

Majors  offered  include  accounting,  ac- 
tuarial science,  biochemistry,  biology, 
business  administration,  chemistry, 
computer  science,  economics,  elemen- 
tary education,  English,  foreign  lan- 
guages, French,  German,  history,  indi- 
vidualized major,  international  business, 
mathematics,  medical  technology,  mu- 
sic, music  education,  nuclear  medicine 
technology,  nursing,  operations  re- 
search, philosophy,  physics,  political 
science,  psychology,  religion,  sacred 
music,  social  sciences,  social  service, 
sociology,  Spanish. 

Pre-professional  specializations  in- 
clude dentistry,  engineering,  forestry,  law, 
medicine,  ministry,  optometry,  osteop- 
athy, pharmacy,  podiatry  and  veterinary 
medicine. 
Facilities  include  an  80-acre  campus 


with  33  buildings — the  administration 
building,  chapel,  college  center,  9  dor- 
mitories of  varying  size,  guest  house  and 
faculty  lounge,  gymnasium,  library, 
music  center,  the  President's  home,  and 
numerous  smaller  buildings  housing  ad- 
ministrative and  faculty  offices.  The 
newly-completed  $4.8  million  Garber 
Science  Center  is  scheduled  for  occu- 
pancy in  late  1982. 

Athletic  competition,  both  intramural 
and  intercollegiate,  is  enjoyed  by  a  large 
percentage  of  Lebanon  Valley  College 
students.  Intercollegiate  sports  include 
baseball,  basketball,  cross-country,  foot- 
ball, golf,  lacrosse,  soccer,  tennis,  track 
and  wrestling  for  men;  basketball,  field 
hockey  and  lacrosse  for  women. 
Campus  organizations  cater  to  the 
interests  of  all  students.  Categories  of 
student  organizations  include:  depart- 
mental clubs;  music  groups;  dramatic 
troupes;  publications;  recognition  groups; 
religious  organizations,  service  and  so- 
cial fraternities  and  sororities;  special 
interest  groups  and  student  govern- 
ment. 

Communications:  THE  QUAD  (Stu- 
dent newspaper);  THE  QUITT1E 
(Yearbook);  WLVC  (Radio  station). 
Departmental  Clubs:  Chemistry 
(American  Chemical  Society  Affili- 
ate); Education  (Childhood  Education 


Club);  Mathematics  (Industrial  Math- 
ematics Society  Affiliate);  Modern 
Languages  (Spanish  Club);  Music 
(Music  Educators  National  Confer- 
ence— Student  Chapter). 
Dramatics:  Alpha  Psi  Omega;  Wig  and 
Buckle. 

Music  Groups:  Chapel  Choir,  College 
Chorus;  Concert  Choir;  Guild  Student 
Group;  Symphonic  Band;  Symphony 
Orchestra;  Wind  Ensemble. 

Recognition  groups:  Phi  Alpha  Epsi- 
lon;  Beta  Beta  Beta;  Pi  Gamma  Mu; 
Psi  Chi. 

Religious  organizations:  Delta  Tau 
Chi,  Fellowship  of  Christian  Athletes; 
PROJECT. 

Service  groups:  Alpha  Phi  Omega 
(national);  Gamma  Sigma  Sigma  (na- 
tional). 

Social  groups:  Delta  Lambda  Sigma; 
Kappa  Lambda  Nu;  Kappa  Lambda 
Sigma;  Knights  of  the  Valley;  Phi 
Lambda  Sigma. 

Special  interest  groups:  Art  Club; 
Chess  Club;  Ice  Hockey  Club;  Inter- 
national Relations  Club;  Jazz  Band; 
Photography  Club;  Ski  Club. 

Student  government:  Student  Coun- 
cil; Student  Judicial  Board;  Judicial 
Appeals  Board. 


Lebanon  Valley  College  reserves  the  right  to  change  any  provisions  or  requirements  at  any  time  within  the  student's  term  of 

residence. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  national  and  ethnic  origin,  sex,  age,  religion  or 

handicap. 

The  Bulletin  is  published  quarterly.  USPS  Number  308-480.  Second  Class  postage  paid  at  Annville,  PA  17003.  Office  of  Public 

Relations  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  PA  17003. 

Volume  16,  Number  3  Fall,  1982 


History  of  the  College 


In  1866  the  East  Pennsylvania  Conference  of  the  Church  of  the  United 
Brethren  in  Christ  sought  to  establish  an  institution  of  higher  learning 
within  its  boundaries.  Site  selection  had  been  narrowed  to  two  towns 
— Annville  and  Lebanon.  The  town  making  the  best  financial  offer  would 
become  the  future  site  of  the  college.  Thus,  five  visionary  citizens  of  Ann- 
ville purchased  the  red  brick,  Annville  Academy  on  Main  Street  for  the  sum 
of  $4,500  and  presented  it  to  the  church  conference  "on  the  condition  that 
they  would  establish  and  maintain  forever  an  institution  of  learning  of  high 
grade."  That  institution  became  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  remains,  today, 
more  than  114  years  later,  true  to  its  founding  fathers'  dream,  "an  institution 
of  learning  of  high  grade." 

Over  the  years,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  progressed  from  a  simple 
one  building  complex  on  a  few  acres  of  land  to  an  80-acre  campus  with  33 
buildings  ranging  in  age  from  1900  to  1975,  and  assets  totaling  more  than 
$20  million.  College  landmarks  bear  the  names  of  presidents,  benefactors, 
and  influential  faculty  and  staff— Bender,  Bollinger,  Blair,  Faust,  Fencil, 
Funkhouser,  Garber,  Green,  Gossard,  Hammond,  Kreider,  Keister,  Lynch, 
Miller,  Mund  and  Vickroy  — men  and  women  who  believed  in  the  dream  of 
1866,  and  who  committed  themselves  to  its  fulfillment. 

Since  1965,  the  majority  of  campus  additions  have  taken  place  as  part 
of  a  long-range  campus  improvement  plan.  They  include:  Hammond  and 
Keister  Halls  (dormitories  for  men)  in  1965;  Miller  Chapel  in  1966;  Funk- 
houser Hall  (dormitory  for  men)  in  1969;  the  Allan  W.  Mund  College 
Center  in  1971;  Silver  Hall  (dormitory  for  women)  in  1972;  Blair  Music 
Center  in  1974  and  Bollinger  Plaza  (a  new  campus  entrance  on  Main 
Street)  in  1976. 

Today,  under  the  capable  leadership  of  its  thirteenth  president,  Dr. 
Frederick  P.  Sample,  Lebanon  Valley  College  embarks  upon  its  most  chal- 
lenging goal  fulfillment  in  its  entire  history— the  raising  of  $10  million  to 
substantially  increase  the  endowment  fund  of  the  college  and  to  construct 
the  $4.8  million  Garber  Science  Center  on  the  campus.  As  history  repeats 
itself,  Lebanon  Valley  College  will  realize  this  goal  and  others,  while 
remaining  "an  institution  of  learning  of  high  grade,"  committed  to  perpet- 
uating the  dream  of  1866. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  —An  early  view 


Where  Is  Lebanon  Valley  College? 


At  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  can  have  the  best  of  both  worlds  as  far  as  location  is 

concerned.  Although  the  college  is  located  in  a  small  town  it  is  close  to  urban 

centers  such  as  Lebanon,  Hershey,  Lancaster,  Reading  and  Harrisburg.  While  the 

small  town  of  Annville  offers  peace  and  quiet  which  in  itself  is  an  asset,  it  also  offers 

the  services  of  gas  stations,  a  drugstore,  food  markets,  several  banks,  churches,  a 

hardware  store  and  restaurants.  A  portion  of  the  town  is  an  official  historic  district. 

On  the  other  hand,  nearby  urban  centers  offer  numerous  social  and  cultural 

opportunities  within  the  reach  of  many  students.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  located 

in  the  southcentral  "Pennsylvania  Dutch"  country  of  rolling  farmlands,  within  an 

hour's  drive  of  the  cities  of  Lancaster,  Reading  and  Harrisburg.  The  college  is  just 

minutes  away  from  the  towns  of  Lebanon  (famous  for  Lebanon  bologna)  and 

Hershey  (famous  for  chocolate  and  its  amusement  park). 


iladetphia 


The  town  of  Annville 
(population  6,000), 
the  home  of  Leb- 
anon Valley  Col- 
lege, is  located  at 
the    intersection   of 
Route  934  (N-S)  and 
Route  422  (E-W).  The 
college  is  also  surrounded 
by  several  major  access  routes  including  the 
Pennsylvania  Turnpike  (76)  and  Interstate  81 
with  nearby  connections  to  Interstates  80  and  83. 


US    322    WEST 
HERSHEY 


PA    72    NORTH 
LEBANON 


PA  117 
MOUNT 
GRETNA 


3 

10   81 
roues  1 

KOIIH    1 

fjZ§ 

■2L- 


What  Is  Lebanon  Valley  College? 

Over  the  years,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  gained  a  fine  reputation  as  a  co-educa- 
tional, church  related,  liberal  arts  institution. 

Since  our  founding  in  1866,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  been  church  related,  and  is 
today  affiliated  with  the  United  Methodist  Church.  Throughout  our  115  years  of  existence, 
we  have  constantly  examined  our  reasons  for  being  in  the  business  of  education.  Today,  as 
much  as  ever,  we  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  have  chosen  to  maintain  an  educational 
institution  which  is  academically  strong,  guided  by  the  Christian  faith  and  small  enough 
to  give  personal  attention  to  all  students. 

Consequently,  there  are  only  950  full-time  students  on  our  campus,  and  when  you 
stack  that  up  against  our  75  full-time  and  30  part-time  teaching  faculty,  that  does  mean 
personal  attention.  In  many  cases  it  means  contact  on  a  first  name  basis.  But  personal 
attention  isn't  the  only  thing  we're  interested  in  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

We  are  dedicated  to  providing  you  with  a  quality  liberal  arts  education  tempered  with 
enough  practical  experience  to  help  you  enter  the  job  market  at  graduation  time.  If  you 
come  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  you'll  find  that  there's  plenty  of  hard  work  involved  in 
pursuing  a  college  career,  but  that  we  try  to  offer  a  variety  of  social,  cultural  and  personal 
experiences  to  make  your  four-year  college  experience  a  well-rounded  one. 


Who  Is  Lebanon  Valley  College? 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  will  meet  a  number  of  interesting  and  thought  provok- 
ing people,  whether  they  are  students,  members  of  the  administrative  staff  or  faculty 
members. 

Our  950  students  represent  15  states  and  5  foreign  countries.  There  is  an  equal 
distribution  between  men  and  women.  Approximately  66%  of  our  students  come  from 
Pennsylvania  and  19%  from  New  Jersey.  Approximately  820  of  the  students  live  on  campus 
while  130  are  commuters. 

Our  professional  administrative  staff  keeps  the  college's  business  affairs  running  smoothly 
while  offering  such  student  services  as  career  planning  and  placement,  publicity  and  health 
care. 

Our  professors  represent  a  unique  cross  section  of  individuals.  Of  the  associate  and 
full  professors  85%  hold  an  earned  doctorate  degree.  Our  faculty  members  come  from 
such  schools  as  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Columbia  University,  the  Juilliard  School 
of  Music,  Yale  University  and  Boston  University,  to  name  just  a  few.  Our  faculty  also 
represent  more  than  50  undergraduate  institutions,  while  representing  nearly  60  post- 
graduate institutions.  This  broad  base  of  faculty  education  helps  to  insure  that  the 
6    What  Is  L.  V.C.?  college  expresses  a  wide  range  of  thoughts  and  ideas  in  all  academic  disciplines. 


%£'-'>-.     -.W  "••X. 


*4  > 


i 


■ 


:ss?  • 


JlrHf 


<P 


SSL 


8    What  Is  L.V.C.? 


In  addition  to  having  some  of  the  nation's  finest  schools  as  background,  our  faculty 
are  intensely  interested  in  one  thing  — teaching.  Because  of  our  extremely  low  student 
to  faculty  ratio  (11  to  1),  we  are  able  to  claim  an  average  class  size  of  18  students. 
While  some  lower  level  freshman  and  introductory  courses  are  of  the  larger  lecture 
type,  numerous  upper  level  courses  are  of  the  informal  seminar  type,  often  with  class 
size  of  10  or  fewer.  And  we  find  that  this  allows  for  maximum  teaching  effectiveness. 

Since  on  the  average  a 
professor  spends  only  11 
hours  a  week  in  the  class- 
room, he  has  sufficient  time 
to  spend  in  class  prepara- 
tion, research  and  providing 
out-of-classroom  help  for 
those  students  who  need 
help  and  seek  it. 

Many  of  our  professors 
work  on  field-related  proj- 
ects in  their  spare  time  and 
add  yet  another  dimension 
to  their  classroom  teach- 
ing—first hand  experience. 
One  of  our  sociology  pro- 
fessors is  the  coordinator  of 
a  Women's  Crisis  Interven- 
tion Center  in  a  local  com- 
munity. A  professor  in  the 
English  department  has 
written  two  books,  both 
published  in  the  prestigious 
Twayne  United  States 
Author  Series.  A  husband 
and  wife  team  in  biology 
bring  additional  outside  re- 
search findings  to  their 
classes.  She  has  discovered 
two  previously  unknown 
plants  in  the  Michoacan 
mountain  province  in  Southern  Mexico.  He  continues  original  research  in  the  field  of 
carnivorous  plants.  And  the  list  of  faculty  accomplishments  goes  on  and  on. 

Our  students  represent  a  diverse  cross  section  of  individuals.  Our  administrative  staff 
members  are  dedicated  to  improving  the  operation  of  the  college.  And  our  faculty  are 
primarily  interested  in  teaching.  At  Lebanon  Valley  College,  students,  staff  and  faculty 
work  together  to  create  an  atmosphere  that  fosters  enlivened  curiosity,  self-discipline,  and 
excitement  about  ideas.  All  are  characteristic,  we  feel,  of  an  educated  individual. 


Campus  Life 


When  you  come  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  first  thing  that  you  may  notice  is  that 
it  is  a  very  friendly  place.  Not  only  will  many  of  your  professors  know  you  on  a  first  name 
basis,  you  will  also  develop  many  first  name  relationships  with  other  students. 

There  is  no  imposed  segregation  between  upper  and  underclassmen  at  the  college.  As 
a  freshman  you  may  live  on  the  same  floor  as  upperclassmen  and  you  may  notice  a 
number  of  upperclassmen  in  some  of  the  courses  that  you  select. 

When  you're  not  in  class  or  studying,  your  free  time  is  your  own.  Many  students  elect 
to  become  involved  in  numerous  campus  organizations,  choosing  a  variety  of  extra- 
curricular experiences.  Other  stu- 
dents are  more  selective  and  choose 
to  devote  considerable  time  to  one 
or  two  campus  organizations.  And 
the  campus  organizations  that  you 
can  choose  from  are  very  diverse. 

For  students  in  the  academic  de- 
partments of  biology,  chemistry,  el- 
ementary education  and  mathe- 
matics there  are  departmental 
clubs.  There  are  several  special  in- 
terest groups  including  a  chess 
club,  an  international  relations 
club,  a  photography  club,  and  a  ski 
club.  There  is  a  service  fraternity 
and  sorority  on.  campus  as  well  as 
five  social  fraternities  and  sorori- 
ties. 

Another  area  of  intense  student 
interest  is  in  dramatics  and  musi- 
cal productions.  Each  year  the  Wig 
and  Buckle  Society  presents  two 
performances— a  dramatic  perfor- 
mance and  musical  production.  Al- 
pha Psi  Omega,  the  dramatics  fra- 
ternity, has  presented  a  series  of 
one-act-plays  for  Parents  Weekend 
for  the  past  several  years.  Sinfonia  and  SAI,  the  men's  and  women's  music  fraternities,  also 
present  a  musical  each  year.  All  of  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  productions  take  place  in 
the  College  Center  Little  Theater  entirely  under  student  supervision.  If  you  have  a  flair  for 
acting,  producing  or  like  to  work  behind  the  scene  of  a  stage  production,  there  is  plenty  of 
opportunity  to  do  so.  Recent  productions  have  included  The  Glass  Menagerie,  Applause, 
Little  Mary  Sunshine,  The  Comedy  of  Errors  and  Carnival. 


Campus  Life     9 


10    Campus  Life 


If  you're  into  music,  there  are  nine  musical  organizations  on  campus,  and  you  don't  need 
to  be  a  music  major  to  be  a  member.  These  organizations  include  the  unique  All  Girl 
Band,  the  Concert  Choir  and  Chamber  Orchestra  that  goes  on  tour  each  Spring,  and  the 
LVC  Jazz  Band.  Other  more  traditional  music  groups  include  the  Marching  Band,  the 
College  Chorus  and  the  Symphony  Orchestra. 

Another  important  part  of  your  student  life  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  could  include 
religious  activities.  The  college  employs  a  full-time  chaplain  who  coordinates  several 

interfaith  activities  and  who  is  available  for 
counseling.  Each  week  a  chapel  convoca- 
tion program  presents  outstanding  lectur- 
ers, both  sacred  and  secular,  who  speak  on 
a  variety  of  thought  provoking  subjects. 
Guest  artists  and  performers  are  also  part 
of  the  chapel  program  series.  Each  year 
opening  semester  convocations  have  pre- 
sented such  well-known  speakers  as  Na- 
tional Review  publisher  William  Rusher, 
political  activist,  Julian  Bond,  former  CIA 
director,  William  Colby,  and  China  expert, 
Ross  Terrill.  A  Religious  Emphasis  Day, 
held  each  spring,  presents  such  speakers  as 
Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Sr.,  Ruth  Carter 
Stapleton,  Colonel  James  Irwin,  and  Dr. 
Ralph  Abernathy. 

In  addition  to  participating  in  on-cam- 
pus  religious  activities,  students  are  wel- 
comed by  community  congregations.  Our 
students  represent  more  than  30  different 
^_  _  religious  denominations.   Some   students 

*"  ^B  ™  serve  in  such  capacities  as  organists,  choir 

directors^  guest  musicians,  Sunday  School 
teachers  and  supply  ministers  in  local 
churches. 

Athletics  could  also  be  an  important 
part  of  your  life  on  the  Lebanon  Valley 
campus.  We  offer  a  wide  range  of  programs 
in  intramural  and  intercollegiate  athletics. 
Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  Division  III  of  the  Middle  Atlantic  Conference  in 
athletic  competition.  For  men  the  college  offers  intercollegiate  baseball,  basketball,  cross- 
country, football,  golf,  lacrosse,  soccer,  tennis,  track  and  wrestling.  For  women  the  college 
offers  intercollegiate  basketball,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse.  Additional  sports  offered  in 
intramural  athletics  include  weightlifting,  volleyball,  paddleball,  squash,  ping  pong,  soft- 
ball,  swimming  and  billiards  for  men,  and  tennis,  volleyball,  paddleball,  ping  pong  and 
softball  for  women. 


-  *  pa 


Other  student  activities  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  revolve  around  the  College  Center 
complex.  The  facility  includes  offices  for  the  campus  radio  station  (WLVC),  the  yearbook, 
and  the  Spring  Arts  Festival.  The  center  also  includes  the  snack  shop,  a  game  room,  the 
college  bookstore,  a  music  listening  lounge,  the  dining  halls,  the  little  theater  and  a 
television  lounge. 

The  College  Center  has  a  spacious  entrance  lobby  used  for  monthly  art  exhibits  featur- 
ing the  works  of  artists  from  central  Ffennsylvania.  You  may  also  appreciate  the  annual 
Spring  Arts  Festival  held  on  the  campus  the  last  weekend  of  April.  This  event,  conceived 
by  a  student  more  than  ten  years  ago,  has  blossomed  into  one  of  the  largest  arts  festivals 
of  its  kind  in  the  area.  Thousands  visit  the  campus  to  enjoy  outdoor  art  exhibits  with  arts 
and  crafts  for  sale,  a  juried  arts  and  crafts  exhibition,  numerous  performing  groups,  as  well 
as  theme  exhibits  and  performances  during  the  four-day  affair.  The  festival  is  directed  by 


12     Campus  Life 


students   and   a   committee   of 
community  volunteers. 

In  student  government,  Leba- 
non Valley  College  has  three  or- 
ganizations, all  with  student  rep- 
resentation. The  Student  Council 
serves  as  a  clearing  house  for  rec- 
ommendations coming  from  stu- 
dents, in  addition  to  coordinating 
and  financing  student  activities 
such  as  concerts,  symposiums  and 
movie  series.  The  Student  Judi- 
cial Board  is  responsible  for  in- 
vestigating alleged  infractions  of 
the  student  conduct  code,  for 
hearing  cases,  and  for  recom- 
mending appropriate  discipline  in 
the  cases  of  conduct  code  viola- 
tions. The  Judicial  Appeals 
Board,  in  turn,  hears  appeals  from 
students  on  decisions  handed 
down  by  the  Judicial  Board  or  the 
Dean  of  Students. 

You  may  have  some  questions 
about  dormitory  life.  All  of  our  dormitories  have  been  built  since  1957.  There  are  three 
large  dormitories  for  men  and  three  for  women.  There  are  also  several  small  housing  units 
available.  The  majority  of  our  rooms  are  double  which  means  that  you  will  probably  have 
a  roommate.  If  you  are  a  freshman  you  may  specify  a  roommate  from  your  hometown  or 
other  acquaintance.  If  you  don't  have  a  specific  roommate  in  mind  we'll  try  to  match  you 
with  someone  of  your  own  lifestyle.  Each  year,  upperclassmen  are  allowed  to  sign  up  for 
next  year's  room  and  roommate.  Freshmen  are  not  segregated  from  upperclassmen  in 
housing  arrangements. 

Each  of  the  new  dormitories  has  one  or  more  study  lounges,  a  television  lounge,  student 
mailboxes,  food  and  drink  concessions,  and  laundry  facilities.  None  of  the  dorms  are 
coeducational  but  there  is  an  intervisitation  policy  for  all  students. 

Recognizing  the  laws  of  Pennsylvania  and  our  founding's  background,  the  college  pro- 
hibits the  possession  and  use  of  both  alcohol  and  illegal  drugs  on  the  campus. 

The  primary  concern  of  the  college  regarding  social  life  is  to  provide  an  atmosphere 
which  stimulates  scholarship  and  personal  growth.  We  realize  that  recreation  is  an  impor- 
tant part  of  college  life,  but  after  all,  the  primary  reason  that  most  people  come  to  college 
is  to  receive  an  education.  We  attempt  to  provide  you  with  the  privacy  and  peace  necessary 
for  study,  and  to  encourage  you  to  take  responsibility  for  your  behavior  so  that  your  fellow 
student's  right  to  privacy,  peace  and  property  are  not  abused. 


Campus  Life     13 


Academic  Life 


Since  you  are  interested  in  a  liberal  arts  college  you  probably  already  realize  that  you 
will  need  to  take  a  number  of  courses  of  a  general  nature  in  addition  to  those  courses 
that  relate  specifically  to  your  major.  These  general  requirements  take  up  about  one  third 
of  your  course  work  during  your  four  years  at  LVC  and  are  selected,  by  you,  from  a  number 
of  specified  courses.  These  general  requirements  fall  under  the  following  headings: 
Writing  Skills;  Religion  or  Philosophy;  Natural  Science;  Individual  and  Group  Behavior; 
Language;  Arts  and  Letters;  and  Physical  Education. 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  the  general  requirements,  you  will  also  need  to  complete  the 
required  number  of  hours  and  courses  for  your  major.  These  requirements  vary  from 
department  to  department,  but  you  will  supplement  your  major  with  courses  of  your  own 
choice  and  consistent  with  your  own  interests. 

The  flexibility  of  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  curriculum  is  especially  helpful  if  you 
enroll  without  a  particular  vocational  or  educational  goal  in  mind.  During  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years  you  can  choose  from  courses  offered  by  any  department  of  the 
college  while  fulfilling  general  requirements.  The  two-year  period  is  usually  sufficient 
for  a  student  to  choose  a  major. 

If  one  of  our  34  majors  doesn't  suit  your  needs,  you  can  design  your  own  major  with  the 
help  of  two  advisers.  Some  students  major  in  two  fields. 

You'll  also  find  that  you  will  be  eligible  for  one  of  four  degrees  offered  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  They  include  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  degree,  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Chemistry  degree  (American  Chemical  Society  certified).  Your  major,  with 
the  exception  of  the  individualized  major,  will  determine  the  type  of  degree  that  you 
receive  at  graduation.  The  individualized  major's  degree  is  determined  by  the  specific 
areas  of  concentration. 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  may  take  advantage  of  a  number  of  special  programs: 

Beginning  in  the  sophomore  year  you  may  elect  to  take  up  to  two  courses  per  semester 
on  a  pass/fail  basis,  with  a  total  of  six  courses  permitted  pass/fail  in  the  last  three  years. 

The  college  honors  program  provides  an  opportunity  for  superior  students  to  develop 
and  challenge  their  intellectual  abilities.  For  students  interested  in  doing  special  study 
on  their  own,  each  major  department  offers  the  independent  study  program. 

In  addition  to  attending  traditional  courses  on  the  college  campus,  you  may  also 
participate,  for  credit,  in  off-campus  educational  opportunities,  usually  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years.  These  opportunities  include  the  Germantown  Metropolitan  semester, 
the  Junior  Year  Abroad,  the  Marine  Biology  summer  study  program  and  the  Washington 
semester  program.  You  may  also  participate  in  internship  programs  which  provide  major- 
related  work  experience  with  various  community  businesses  and  service  organizations. 
14  Academic  Life  For  graduation  you  will  need  to  have  completed  a  minimum  of  120  total  hours  of 


*  v 


-*■•■■  ...  ^  • 

•  /   , 

■■:  >  - 
-Xr        f'Jt.-  .  . 


■ 


* 


«##*: 


i 


K 


nil 


Mfl 


:lT^-^v 


credit  (including  general  requirements,  requirements  for  the  major  and  elective  courses) 
plus  two  courses  in  physical  education. 

If  you  are  transferring  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  will  need  to  complete  a  minimum 
of  30  hours  of  work  on  the  Lebanon  Valley  campus  in  order  to  qualify  for  graduation. 
Each  transfer  student's  credits  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis. 

Students  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  two-year  college 
will  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  course  work,  providing  the  work  is  compatible 
with  the  liberal  arts  curriculum  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Although  there  are  a  number  of  requirements  for  all  students,  the  thing  to  remember 
is  that  they  are  of  a  general  nature.  When  it  comes  to  making  a  choice  of  courses  within 
a  particular  area,  the  decision  is  yours.  The  requirements  within  your  major  are  also 
designed  to  give  you  a  basic  background  of  information  within  a  specific  field,  augmented 
by  elective  courses  of  interest  to  you  and  consistent  with  your  future  vocational  goals. 


We  Offer  You  Help 


Regarding  the  many  decisions  that  you  will  make,  don't  think  that  once  you  get  to 
college  we'll  abandon  you.  Lebanon  Valley  College's  dual  advising  system  is  designed  to 
give  a  new  student  a  good  start  in  college  life.  You  will  be  assigned  an  academic  adviser 
who  will  help  you  select  a  course  of  study  suited  to  your  specific  needs.  A  second  adviser, 
assigned  to  you  during  your  first  year  at  the  college,  will  try  to  help  you  with  any 
adjustment  problem  that  you  might  encounter— or  he  or  she  may  just  turn  out  to  be  a 
friend  that  you  like  to  visit  when  you  have  a  few  minutes. 

Even  after  you  have  started  classes,  our  concern  for  you  doesn't  stop.  If  you  need  help 
you  can  get  it.  Our  faculty,  who  are  primarily  teaching  oriented,  spend  considerable  time 
with  students.  This  is  one  of  the  advantages  of  our  low  student  to  faculty  ratio.  During 
class,  professors  spend  sufficient  time  in  answering  questions  as  well  as  presenting  new 
material.  After  class  you  don't  have  to  contend  with  graduate  students  for  a  professor's 
time,  nor  do  you  have  to  seek  a  teaching  assistant  for  help.  Our  professors'  schedules  are 
flexible  enough  that  if  you  need  extra  help  you  can  get  it. 

Some  departments  offer  tutorial  help,  and  the  college  recently  implemented  a  reading 
and  study  skills  program.  Students  may  enlist  the  services  of  a  Student  Writing  Center 
which  offers  individualized  instruction  in  writing  to  any  Lebanon  Valley  College  student. 
This  informal,  unpressured  and  personal  learning  environment  allows  tutor  and  student 
to  work  together  to  improve  a  student's  writing  skills. 

Throughout  your  four  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  will  be  asked  to  make  a 
number  of  decisions  regarding  your  education.  For  many  students  the  decisions  will  be 
clear  and  simple.  For  others,  decisions  are  best  made  with  an  adviser's  guidance.  We  are 
mainly  concerned,  however,  that  you  are  an  active  participant  in  choosing  and  creating  a 
program  of  study  that  suits  your  individual  needs. 

It  is  possible  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  We  Offer  You  Help    1 7 


i 


Contents 

(Inside 
Lebanon  Valley  College  in  Brief  ....  front  Cover) 

History  of  the  College   2 

Correspondence  Directory 21 

Academic  Calendar  1981-1982    22 

Academic  Calendar  1982-1983    23 

General  Information  24 

Admissions    31 

Costs  and  Financial  Aid   34 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures 43 

Courses  of  Study    55 

Directory  of  Faculty 105 

Directory  of  Administration 108 

Directory  of  the  Board    109 

Index    112 

Application  Form  (Pullout) 

Campus  Map  (Inside 

Back  Cover) 


Contents     19 


Correspondence  Directory 

TO  FACILITATE  PROMPT  ATTENTION,  INQUIRIES 
SHOULD  BE  ADDRESSED  AS  INDICATED  BELOW: 

Matters  of  General  College  Interest    President 

Academic  Program    Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

Admissions    Dean  of  Admissions 

Alumni  Interests   Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Business  Matters,  Expenses   Vice  President  and  Controller 

Campus  Conferences  Coordinator  of  Conferences 

Development  and  Bequests    Executive  Director  of  Development 

Evening  School  and  Summer  Session    Director  of  Auxiliary  Schools 

Financial  Aid  to  Students  Financial  Aid  Officer 

Teacher  Placement Director  of  Teacher  Placement 

Business  and  Industrial  Placement Director  of  Placement 

Publication  and  Publicity   ' Director  of  Public  Relations 

Religious  Activities  Chaplain 

Scheduling  of  Events  Administrator  in  Charge  of  Specific  Building 

Student  Interests Dean  of  Students 

Teacher  Certification    Registrar 

Transcripts,  Academic  Reports    Registrar 

Weekend  College   Director  of  Auxiliary  Schools 

DIRECT  ALL  MAIL  AND/OR  TELEPHONE  CALLS  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania     17003 

Area  Code  717        Local  Number  867-441 1 


REGULAR  OFFICE  HOURS  FOR  TRANSACTING  BUSINESS: 

College  office  hours  are  from  8:30  a.m.  to  12:00  noon  and  1:00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m. 
Monday  through  Friday.  Members  of  the  staff  are  available  at  other  times  if  appointments 
are  made  in  advance. 


Corresp.  Dir.     21 


Academic  Calendar  1982-83 


1982 

First 

Semester 


Sep. 
Oct. 


Nov. 


Dec. 


1983 

Second 

Semester 


22    82-83  Calendar 


Aug.  28  Saturday.  12:00  noon  Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

28-30  Saturday  through  Monday  Orientation  for  new  students 

29  Sunday.  12:00  noon  Residence  halls  open  for  other  students 

30  Monday,  8:30  a.m Registration  by  new  students 

30  Monday,  1:00  p.m Registration  by  upperclassmen 

30  Monday,  7:00  p.m Classes  begin 

31  Tuesday.  11:00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

11  Saturday.  9:30  a.m Board  of  Trustees  Committee  Meetings 

2  Saturday  Homecoming  Day 

8  Friday.  5:00  p.m Long  Weekend  begins 

11  Monday.  7:00  p.m Classes  resume  (Monday  day  classes  meet  on  Tuesday.) 

18  Monday  Mid-Semester  grades  due 

23  Saturday  Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

1-18  Tuesday  through  Thursday Pre-Registration  for  second  semester 

24  Wednesday.  1:00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

29  Monday.  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

10  Friday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  classes  end 

11-13  Saturday  through  Monday  Reading  period 

13-18  Monday.  7:00  p.m..  through  Saturday First  semester  examinations 

18  Saturday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

Jan.  23  Sunday,  12:00  noon   Residence  halls  open 

23  Sunday.  3:00  p.m Winter  Commencement 

24  Monday.  8:00  a.m .  Registration 

24  Monday.  7:00  p.m Classes  begin 

Feb.  19  Saturday  Board  of  Trustees  Meeting 

22  Tuesday.  11:00  a.m , Founders' Day 

Mar.  4  Friday,  5:00  p.m Spring  vacation  begins 

9-18  Wednesday  through  Friday Concert  Choir  tour 

14  Monday.  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

20  Sunday,  8:00  p.m Concert  Choir  Campus  Concert 

22  Tuesday  Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

27  Sunday.  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Wind  Ensemble 

31  Thursday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

Apr.  4  Monday,  7:00  p.m Classes  resume 

5-12  Tuesday  through  Tuesday Pre-registration  by  current  students  for  1st  semester. 

1983-1984.  and  1983  summer  school 

10  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival.  Symphonic  Band 

16  Saturday  Orientation  I  for  new  degree  students 

24  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival.  College  Chorus  and 

Symphony  Orchestra 

29-May       1  Friday  through  Sunday Thirteenth  Annual  Spring  Arts  Festival 

10  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Convocation 

12  Thursday.  9:30  p.m Second  semester  classes  end  (Friday  day  classes 

meet:  Thursday,  evening  classes  meet.) 

13-15  Friday  through  Sunday Reading  period 

16-20  Monday  through  Friday   Second  Semester  examinations 

20  Friday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

20  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

21  Saturday  Orientation  II  for  new  degree  students 

22  Sunday.  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  Service 

22  Sunday,  11:00  a.m 114th  Annual  Commencement 


Academic  Calendar  19S3-S4 


Aug. 

27 

27-29 

28 

29 

29 

29 

30 

Sep. 

10 

Oct. 

1 

17 

22 

Nov. 

8-17 

12 

18 

28 

Dec. 

9 

10-12 

12-17 

17 

Jan. 

22 

22 

23 

23 

Feb. 

21 

Mar. 

9 

7-16 

14 

18 

20 

25 

Apr. 

3-10 

8 

14 

15 

19 

23 

27-29 

May 

1 

3 

4-6 

7-11 

11 

11 

12 

13 

13 

Saturday.  12:00  noon Residence  halls  open  for  new  students  4  Q  fc  'l 

Saturday  through  Monday  Orientation  for  new  students  l/OO 

Sunday.  12:00  noon   Residence  halls  open  for  other  students  T'^m-.^- 

Monday,  8:30  a.m Registration  by  new  students  J*  U*Sl 

Monday.  1:00  p.m Registration  bv  upperclassmen  ~ 

Monday.  7:00  p.m Classes  begin '  SClUCSlCr 

Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

Saturday  Board  of  Trustees  Retreat 

Saturday  Homecoming  Day 

Monday  Mid-Semester  grades  due 

Saturday  Church  Day 

Tuesday  through  Thursday Pre-Registration  for  second  semester 

Saturday  Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

Friday.  5:00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Monday.  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

Friday.  5:00  p.m First  semester  classes  end 

Saturday  through  Monday  Reading  period 

Monday  7:00  p.m..  through  Saturday First  semester  examinations 

Saturday.  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 


Sunday.  12:00  noon  Residence  halls  open  |  QjD  A 

Sunday.  3:00  p.m Winter  Comencement  I/(J^ 

Monday,  8:30  a.m Registration  C*»^»*-k*»«^ 

Monday,  7:00  p.m Classes  begin  d£COHQ 

Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Founders'  Day  ,-, 

Friday.  5:00  p.m Spring  vacation  begins  ^CHlCStCjT 

Wednesday  through  Friday Concert  Choir  tour 

Wednesday.  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

Sunday.  8:00  p.m Concert  Choir  Campus  Concert 

Tuesday  Phi  Epsilon  Day 

Sunday.  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival.  Wind  Ensemble 

Tuesday  through  Tuesday Pre-registration  bv  current  students  for  1st  semester. 

1984-1985.  and  1984  summer  school 

Sunday.  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

Saturday  Orientation  I  for  new  degree  students 

Sunday.  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival.  College  Chorus  and 

Symphony  Orchestra 

Thursday.  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

Monday,  7:00  p.m Classes  resume 

Friday  through  Sunday Fourteenth  Annual  Spring  Arts  Festival 

Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Convocation 

Thursday.  9:30  p.m Second  semester  classes  end  (Friday  day  classes 

meet:  Thursday  evening  classes  meet.) 

Friday  through  Sunday Reading  period 

Monday  through  Friday   Second  semester  examinations 

Friday.  5:00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

Saturday  Orientation  II  for  new  degree  students 

Sunday.  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  Service 

Sunday,  11:00  a.m 115th  Annual  Commencement  83-84  Calendar     23 


*• 


aBHE 


«■—-*. 


s' 

IJHMBkH 

— it- 

"^'^T'dtHK- 

_-L 

~r  •x~9^['~j~4 

.-.  .1..  ^  L._2a 

.r'    c. 

~                          .  -He' 

Egt^ 

■p : 

■■Ebb" — 

1_ 

^jz^gj 

^rniii?"  'i 

! — i ' 

fc.,1  ■III  !!»■■> 

r* 

F 

General  Information 


Lebanon  Valley  College  affirms  its  Christian  origins  by  maintaining  affiliation  with 
the  United  Methodist  Church  and  by  recognizing  the  Christian  faith  as  the  perspective  for 
its  policies.  Both  the  Christian  spirit,  which  encourages  the  unhampered  search  for  truth, 
and  the  academic  program,  which  gives  form  to  the  search  for  truth,  combine  to  generate 
free  and  responsible  inquiry  by  students  and  faculty. 

In  accordance  with  the  purposes  of  its  founders,  Lebanon  Valley  College  seeks  to 
provide  an  atmosphere  in  which  the  student  can  respond  creatively  to  the  contemporary 
world.  Each  person  is  encouraged  (1)  to  develop  a  genuine  concern  for  cooperative  living 
and  community  service;  (2)  to  attain  a  heightened  sense  of  moral  and  spiritual  values 
through  a  deepened  awareness  of  how  people  have  thought  of  themselves  in  relation  to 
nature,  to  society,  and  to  God;  (3)  to  appreciate  the  close  and  unmistakable  relationship 
among  rational  thought,  creative  imagination,  and  moral  commitment;  and  (4)  to  deal 
candidly  and  intelligently  with  the  past,  the  present,  and  the  future  and  their  inter 
relationship. 

The  programs  of  the  College  are  designed  to  provide  a  demanding  as  well  as  a 
rewarding  encounter  with  the  means  necessary  to  achieve  the  discovery  of  self  and  society: 
consideration  of  humanity's  most  significant  ideas  and  accomplishments;  development  of 
logical  thought  and  clear  communication;  practice  in  precise  analysis  and  effective  perfor- 
mance. The  academic,  social,  religious,  and  aesthetic  experiences  blend  to  create  the 
atmosphere  of  the  College  in  a  way  that  fosters  enlivened  curiosity,  discipline  of  self,  and 
excitement  about  ideas  that  are  the  hallmark  of  the  educated  individual. 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  with  approximately  one  thousand  students  and  a  low  student- 
faculty  ratio,  in  giving  life  to  the  concept  of  liberal  arts  as  expressed  in  the  preceding 
paragraphs  has  chosen  to  maintain  an  educational  institution  which  is  academically 
strong,  guided  by  the  Christian  faith,  and  small  enough  to  give  personal  attention  to  all 
students. 

Adopted  February  1, 1975 
Lebanon  Valley  College  Board  of  Trustees 


Statement  of 
Purpose 


State,  of  Purpose    25 


Accredita- 
tion 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Higher  Education  of  the  Middle 
States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  also  accredited  by  the  follow- 
ing bodies:  Department  of  Education  of  Pennsylvania;  Na- 
tional Association  of  Schools  of  Music;  American  Chemical 
Society. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  list  of  the  Re- 
gents of  the  State  University  of  New  York  and  the  American 
Association  of  University  Women. 
Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following  bod- 


ies: College  Entrance  Examination  Board;  Central  Pennsyl- 
vania Field  Hockey  Association;  College  Scholarship  Ser- 
vice; Eastern  College  Athletic  Conference;  Middle  Atlantic 
States  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference;  National  Association 
of  Independent  Colleges  and  Universities;  National  Colle- 
giate Athletic  Association;  Penn-Mar  Athletic  Conference; 
Pennsylvania  Association  of  Colleges  and  Universities; 
Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent  Colleges. 


Affiliation 

and 

Governance 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  affiliated  with  the  United  Methodist  Church.  Control  of  the 
college  is  vested  in  a  Board  of  Trustees  composed  of  49  elected  members,  24  of  whom  represent 
church  conferences;  5  of  whom  represent  the  alumni  of  the  institution;  5  of  whom  represent  the 
faculty;  and  15  of  whom,  including  three  students,  are  elected  at  large. 


Athletics 

and 

Recreation 


Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  a  full  program  of  intramural  and  intercollegiate  athletic 
activities.  Intramural  leagues  and  tournaments  are  conducted  in  the  various  sports  for  men  and 
women. 

The  college  participates  in  ten  intercollegiate  sports  for  men  (baseball,  basketball,  cross- 
country, football,  golf,  lacrosse,  soccer,  track,  wrestling  and  tennis)  and  three  for  women 
(basketball,  hockey  and  lacrosse). 

Lebanon  Valley  College  supports  its  intercollegiate  athletics  program  because  it  offers  its 
students  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  activities  that  afford  an  outlet  for  competitive  spirit  and 
vitality,  while  further  providing  each  student  with  an  opportunity  to  develop,  understand  and 
appreciate  the  values  of  teamwork,  pride,  morale,  dedication,  physical  fitness  and  school  spirit. 


Religions 
Life 


26    Accreditation 


Lebanon  Valley  College  was  founded  as  a  Christian  college  and  continues  to  be  dedicated  to 
its  faith.  All  students  are  invited  and  urged  to  participate  in  some  phase  of  religious  activity. 

Offered  on  campus  is  a  Chapel-Convocation  program  which  provides  a  regular  opportunity 
for  all  people  on  campus  to  share  a  common  experience.  This  common  hour  focuses  on  values, 
new  knowledge,  different  beliefs,  cultural  enrichment,  current  questions  and  religious  faith. 

Throughout  the  year  several  organizations  (PROJECT,  Delta  Tau  Chi  and  Fellowship  of 
Christian  Athletes)  contribute  to  the  overall  religious  atmosphere  at  the  college  by  sponsoring 
retreats,  lectures,  seasonal  communion  services  and  daily  devotions. 

Each  year  the  college  also  sponsors  several  religious  lectureships  including  the  Balmer 
Showers  Lectureship,  Religion  and  Life  lectures  and  Religious  Emphasis  Week. 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  participate  in  local  congregations  of  their  own  faith. 


- 


m  m 


*- 


% 


■ 


Cultural 
Opportuni- 
ties 


Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  cultural  programs  in  the  form  of  the  Great  Artists  Series, 
concerts  by  students,  faculty  members,  and  musical  organizations  in  the  Department  of  Music, 
lectures  sponsored  by  the  various  departments  of  the  college  and  the  Spring  Arts  Festival.  In 
addition,  the  neighboring  communities  of  Harrisburg,  Hershey  and  Lebanon  offer  concerts, 
lectures,  and  other  cultural  activities  throughout  the  year. 


Social  Life 


28    Cult.  Opport. 


The  primary  concern  of  the  college  in  regard  to  the  social  life  of  its  students  is  to  provide 
an  atmosphere  which  stimulates  scholarship  and  personal  growth.  It  attempts  to  provide  the 
privacy  and  peace  necessary  for  study,  and  to  encourage  the  individual  to  take  as  much  respon- 
sibility as  possible  for  his/her  own  behavior,  so  that  the  rights  of  others  to  privacy,  peace  and 
property  are  not  infringed. 

As  guidelines  for  the  behavior  deemed  conducive  to  scholarship  and  developing  sensitivity 
to  the  restraints  of  community  living,  the  college  recognizes  the  position  taken  by  the  United 
Methodist  Church,  to  which  it  is  affiliated,  and  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  The 
Discipline  of  that  church  firmly  opposes  the  misuse  of  drugs  and  affirms  its  long-standing 
recommendation  of  abstention  from  alcoholic  beverages  because  of  the  spiritual,  physical,  and 
social  harm  such  practices  may  produce.  The  college  endorses  this  position  and  strongly 
discourages  the  use  of  drugs  and  alcoholic  beverages  by  its  students.  The  laws  of  the  Common- 
wealth of  Pennsylvania  prohibit  the  possession  and  use  of  all  illegal  drugs  and  the  possession 
and  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  by  minors  (presently  defined  as  those  prior  to  their  twenty-first 
birthday).  The  college  fully  supports  the  laws  of  the  state,  and  acknowledges  the  rights  of 
enforcement  of  these  laws  by  civil  authority. 

Most  of  the  success  of  any  community  in  establishing  a  harmonious  and  productive 
atmosphere  rests  on  the  voluntary  cooperation  of  its  members.  In  the  event.however,  of  failure 
of  individuals  to  respect  the  rights  and  privileges  of  others  and  of  the  institution,  the  offenders 


against  the  community  will  be  subject  to  penalties  designated  by  the  appropriate  student 
government  agencies  and/or  administrative  office. 


The  complete  Student  Conduct  Code  appears  in  the  L-Book.  Several  provisions  of  that 
code  that  require  emphasis  are  given  here  in  order  to  prevent  misunderstanding  on  the  part  of 
all  prospective  students.  A  violation  of  the  Student  Conduct  Code  occurs  when  a  student: 


1.  Limits  or  restricts  the  freedom  of  any  member  of 
the  campus  community  to  move  about  in  a  lawful  manner. 

2.  Creates  or  participates  in  a  disturbance  that  in- 
fringes upon  the  individual's  right  to  privacy. 

3.  Enters  or  uses  facilities  or  property  of  the  college 
or  another  person  without  authorization  from  the  appropri- 
ate college  official  or  person. 

4.  Misuses,  removes,  damages  lire/safety  equipment. 

5.  Uses  or  possesses  firearms,  explosives  (including 
firecrackers)  or  other  dangerous  articlesor  substances  po- 
tentially injurious  to  persons  or  property. 

6.  Possesses  and/or  consumes  alcoholic  beverages  on 


any  property  owned  by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

7.  Possesses,  distributes,  sells,  or  is  under  the  influ- 
ence of  narcotics,  hallucinogenics.  dangerous  drugs,  or 
controlled  substances  except  as  permitted  by  law. 

8.  Intentionally  obstructs  the  administrative  or  aca- 
demic operation  and  functions  of  the  college. 

9.  Visits  in  an  individual's  dormitory  room  at  times 
and  under  conditions  that  are  prohibited  by  institutional 
policy  (See  L-Book) 

10.  Keeps  pets  in  college  buildings  or  on  college 
grounds  unless  prior  approval  by  the  dean  of  students  has 
been  given. 


Student 

Conduct 

Code 


Within  the  program  and  operation  of  Lebanon  Valley  College,  there  is  a  wide  commitment 
to  the  principle  of  shared  governance.  In  this  commitment,  various  areas  of  student  life  come 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  student  government  in  varying  degrees  as  that  part  of  the  total  campus 
governance  system  has  been  developed  over  a  period  of  time. 

The  representative  organizations  described  below  are  privileged  to  conduct  the  affairs  of 
the  student  body  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  under  their  separate  responsibilities  in  such  manner 
as  to  guide  and  promote  the  affairs  of  the  students  and  as  to  refrain  from  acting  contrary  to 
local,  state,  and  federal  laws  and  to  the  Student  Conduct  Code  as  defined  in  the  L-Book. 


Student  Council 

The  Student  Council  seeks  to  foster  understanding 
and  cooperation  among  the  students,  faculty,  and  adminis- 
tration of  Lebanon  Valley  College.  It  is  the  responsibility  of 
the  Student  Council  to  serve  as  the  central  clearing  house 
for  all  recommendations  and  grievances  emanating  from 
the  student  body  and  to  make  recommendations  for  alter- 
ing or  establishing  policy  to  the  appropriate  administrative 
office  or  faculty  committees.  The  Student  Council,  com- 
posed of  eighteen  members,  also  coordinates  student  activ- 
ities and  provides  for  the  financing  of  those  activities. 

Student  Judicial  Board 

The  Student  Judicial  Board  is  responsible  for  the  in- 
vestigating and/or  adjudicating  alleged  infractions  of  the 
Student  Conduct  Code.  It  is  composed  of  eight  elected 


students,  eight  selected  students,  and  non-student  mem- 
bers appointed  by  the  president  of  the  college.  The  Case 
Investigation  Board  carries  out  investigative  responsibilities 
of  the  Student  Judicial  Board.  The  Case  Investigation  Board 
is  composed  of  a  maximum  of  nine  students  selected  by  a 
committee  composed  of  the  Student  Judicial  Board  chair- 
man, the  outgoing  chairman  of  the  Case  Investigation 
Board  and  the  Dean  of  Students. 

Judicial  Appeals  Board 

The  Judicial  Appeals  Board  hears  appeals  from  stu- 
dents on  decisions  rendered  by  the  Student  Judicial  Board 
and/or  sanctions  imposed  by  the  dean  of  students.  It  is 
composed  of  four  students,  three  faculty  members,  and 
three  administrators. 


Student 
Government 


Student  Gov.     29 


■F%&<  'i. 


^-a"^; 


:.:,-'     *    *■ 


■-■<*,-",-■ 


■ '   - . 
» 


;^*> 


I 

•  > 

I 

■    km 
■ 

■   t  M 

*s  - 

V 

«; 


V"?. 


Admissions 


All  candidates  for  admission  are  expected  to  complete  16  units  of  entrance  credit  and 
graduate  from  an  accredited  secondary  school.  Of  the  nongraduate.  we  require  submission  of 
the  equivalency  certificate  (G.E.D.)  acquired  through  examination.  Ten  of  the  16  required  units 
should  be  distributed  as  follows:  English  (4);  foreign  language  (2);  mathematics  (2);  science  (1); 
social  studies  (1). 


High  School 
Preparation 


Because  evaluation  of  individual  interests,  merit  and  need  is  a  vital  part  of  our  admissions 
procedure,  all  candidates  for  admission  are  required  to  visit  the  campus  for  a  personal  interview 
and  campus  tour. 

The  admissions  office  is  open  Monday  through  Friday,  8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  and  on 
Saturday  mornings,  9:00  a.m.  to  12  noon  during  the  academic  year.  Summer  hours  are  Monday 
through  Friday,  8:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 


The 

Personal 

Interview 


(1)  Early  in  your  senior  year  of  high  school,  submit  a  com- 
pleted application  form  (last  page  of  Catalog)  and  the 
$20.00  fee,  (Use  the  prepaid  envelope  at  the  back  of 
the  Catalog  to  return  your  application  and  fee.) 

(2)  Ask  your  high  school  guidance  counselor  to  submit 
your  high  school  record. 

(3)  If  you  have  completed  post-graduate  work  at  another 
college  or  university,  ask  the  registrar  to  send  us  official 
transcripts  of  that  work. 

(4)  Have  the  results  of  your  Scholastic  Aptitude  Tests  (or 


American  College  Tests)  sent  to  us.  The  College  Board 
of  Achievement  Tests  are  not  required.  However,  the 
achievement  tests  in  foreign  language  are  recom- 
mended for  students  wishing  advanced  placement.  See 
your  high  school  guidance  counselor  for  information 
on  dates  and  testing  locations. 
(5)  If  you  plan  to  apply  to  the  music,  sacred  music  or 
music  education  programs,  you  are  required  to  audition 
on  campus.  Audition  forms  are  available  from  the  ad- 
missions office. 


Application 
Procedure 


An  Early  Decision  applicant  will  be  expected  to  complete  an  application  stating  his/her 
intention  to  seek  consideration  as  an  Early  Decision  candidate.  The  application  must  be  accom- 
panied by  a  $20.00  non-refundable  application  fee  no  later  than  November  15.  An  Early  Decision 
applicant  will  be  notified  of  the  Admissions  Committee  decision  by  December  1.  A  student 
accepted  as  an  Early  Decision  Candidate  must  confirm  his/her  acceptance  by  submitting  a  $100 
non-refundable  deposit  no  later  than  January  1.  An  applicant  not  accepted  under  the  Early 
Decision  Program  will  be  considered  for  admission  under  the  regular  admission  program. 


Earty 
Decision 
Admissions 
Policy 


Regular 

Admissions 

Policy 


Advanced 
Placement 


College 
Level 
Examina- 
tion 
Program 
(CLEP) 


A  student  wishing  to  be  considered  under  the  regular  admissions  program  should  file  an 
application  after  September  1  of  his/her  senior  year.  The  application  must  be  accompanied  by  a 
$20  non-refundable  application  fee.  Applicants  will  be  notified  of  Admissions  Committee  deci- 
sions after  December  15  on  a  continuous  basis.  A  student  accepted  under  the  regular  admissions 
program  must  confirm  his/her  acceptance  by  submitting  the  $100  non-refundable  deposit  no 
later  than  May  1. 

Please  Direct  All  Admissions-Related  Inquiries  lb: 

Mr.  Gregory  G.  Stanson 
Dean  of  Admissions 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA  17003 
(717)867-4411 


I  PI 


■mi  i    ip»aBWWBgBanaw|    MS*? '* — " : ~ "B— ' TH1H»««m 


Advanced  placement  in  appropriate  courses  and  credit  will  be  granted  to  entering  students 
who  make  scores  of  4  or  5  on  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations.  For  scores  of  3, 
final  determination  is  made  by  the  appropriate  department. 

Advanced  Placement  without  credit  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the  Achievement  Tests 
of  the  College  Board  examinations  or  such  other  proficiency  tests  as  may  be  determined  by  the 
registrar  and  by  the  chairman  of  the  department. 


Credit  is  granted  for  acceptable  achievement  on  such  Subject  Examinations  of  the  College 
Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  as  are  approved  by  appropriate  departments  and  the  Cur- 
riculum Committee.  Students  shall  have  achieved  a  scaled  score  of  50  or  better  on  the  objective 
section  and  earned  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  as  determined  by  the  appropriate  department,  on  the 
essay  section  of  the  examination. 

Six  (6)  semester  hours  credit  each  is  granted  for  achievement  of  a  composite  score  in  the 
50th  percentile  or  above  in  General  Examinations  in  English  Composition,  Humanities,  Math- 
ematics, Natural  Sciences  and  History.  Three  (3)  hours  credit  will  be  applied  to  the  appropriate 
General  Requirement  areas.  For  the  English  Composition  Examination,  the  student  is  given 
credit  for  English  111.  For  the  Mathematics  Examination,  the  student  is  given  credit  for  Mathe- 


matics  100.  Request  for  credit  must  be  submitted  to  the  director  of  auxiliary  schools  for  Weekend 
College  students,  and  to  the  registrar  for  other  students  prior  to  the  student's  completion  of  30 
semester  hours  credit. 

Examinations  may  be  taken  prior  to  admissions  or  after  a  student  has  matriculated  at  the 
College.  Credit  is  given  only  to  students  who  have  matriculated  at  the  College.  Applicants  for 
admission  interested  in  receiving  credit  should  consult  with  the  Office  of  Admissions;  current 
students  should  consult  with  the  registrar.  Applicants  interested  in  the  CLEP  Program  should 
write  to  the  Program  Director,  College  Level  Examination  Program,  P.O.  Box  1821,  Princeton, 
N.J.  08540,  for  a  CLEP  Bulletin  of  Information  for  Candidates,  which  provides  information  on 
examinations  and  the  dates  and  locations  of  test  administrations. 


A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  after  having  attended  another  accredited  insti- 
tuion  shall  send  an  official  transcript  to  the  dean  of  admissions.  If  requested,  he  must  provide 
copies  of  the  appropriate  catalogs  for  the  years  of  attendance  at  the  other  institution  or  institu- 
tions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  that  the  grades  received  are  C-(1.7)  or  better  and 
the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Grades  thus 
transferred  count  for  hours  only,  not  for  quality  points. 

A  candidate  for  admission  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  college 
can  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  course  work  at  the  previous  institution.  Course  work  in 
the  major  field,  however,  for  which  the  applicant  has  received  a  D  will  not  be  counted  toward 
fulfilling  the  major  requirement. 

Because  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution,  consideration  of  full  acceptance 
of  the  associate  degree  will  be  granted  with  the  understanding  that  the  candidate  has  followed  a 
basic  course  of  study  compatible  with  the  curriculum  and  academic  programs  of  the  college  and 
has  been  enrolled  in  a  transfer  program. 

In  most  instances  the  applicant  may  be  expected  to  complete  the  baccalaureate  degree 
within  two  years.  However,  when  the  requirements  of  a  particular  major  field  or  the  nature  of 
the  previous  study  demand  additional  work  beyond  two  years,  the  applicant  will  normally  be 
notified  at  the  time  of  admission. 


Transfer 
Credit 


Orientation  days  are  held  annually  for  incoming  students.  At  this  time  the  activities  include 
a  general  orientation  to  the  college,  counseling  with  academic  advisers  and  pre-registration  for 
courses.  Special  sessions  for  parents  are  a  vital  part  of  the  program. 

An  orientation  period  at  the  beginning  of  the  college  year  is  provided  to  help  new  students, 
both  freshmen  and  transfers,  to  become  familiar  with  their  academic  surroundings.  This  time 
is  devoted  to  lectures,  social  activities,  and  informal  meetings  with  upperclassmen  and  faculty 
members. 


Orientation 

for  New 
Students 


Orientation    33 


Costs  and  Financial  Aid 


Financial 
Support 


Endowment 
Funds 


Lebanon  Valley  College  receives  support  authorized  by  the  General  Conference  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church,  individual  congregations  of  the  denomination  in  the  Eastern  Penn- 
sylvania Conference  and  the  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference,  endowments,  and  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Foundation  for  Independent  Colleges.  Also,  since  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  as  at  most 
other  institutions  of  higher  learning  the  tuition  and  other  annual  charges  paid  by  the  student  do 
not  cover  the  total  cost  of  his  education,  additional  income  is  derived  through  the  Lebanon 
Valley  College  Fund.  The  Fund  is  supported  by  industry,  alumni,  the  Board  of  Trustees,  parents 
of  students,  and  other  friends  of  the  college. 

Total  assets  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  approximately  $22,000,000  including  endowment 
funds  of  about  $3,600,000.  Aside  from  general  endowment  income  available  for  unrestricted 
purposes,  there  are  a  number  of  special  funds  designated  for  specific  uses  such  as  professorships, 
scholarships,  and  the  library. 


34    Fin.  Support 


Restricted 

For  educational  and  general  purposes 

Professorship  Fundi 

Chair  of  English  Bible  and  Greek  Testament  •  Joseph  Bittinger 
Eberly  Professorship  of  Latin  Language  &  Literature  •  John 
Evans  Lehman  Chair  of  Mathematics  •  Rev.  J.  B.  Weidler  En- 
dowment Fund  •  The  Ford  Foundation  •  Buttenvick  Chair  of 
Philosophy  •  Karl  Milton  Karnegie  Fund  •  The  Batdorf  Fund  • 
E.  N.  Funkhouser  Fund  •  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C  H.  Horn  Fund  • 
Mary  I.  Shumberger  Fund  •  Ubodrow  W.  Waltermyer  Profes- 
sorship Fund 

Lectureship  Funds 

Bishop  J.  Balmer  Showers  Lectureship  Fund  •  Staler  Distin- 
guished Chnstian  Scholar  Lectureship  Fund 

Library  Funds 

Library  Fund  of  Class  of  1916  •  Class  of  1956  Library  Endow- 
ment Fund  •  Dr.  Lewis  J.  and  Leah  Miller  Leiby  Library  Fund 
•  Robert  B.  Wingate  Library  Fund 

Maintenance  Funds 

Hiram  E.  Steinmetz  Memorial  Room  Fund  •  Williams  Foun- 
dation Endowment  Fund 

Equipment  Funds 

Dr.  Warren  H.  Fake  and  Mabel  A.  Fake  Science  Memorial  Fund 

Publicity  Funds 

Hamish-Houser  Publicity  Funds 

Restricted— Other 

Unger  Academic  Assistance  Fund  •  C.  B.  Montgomery  Memo- 
rial Room  Fund  •  A.I.M.  Fund 


Non-Educational  Purposes 

Scholarship  Funds 

Ministerial  Scholarship  Trusts — United  Methodist  Church 

1.  Western  Conference 

2.  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 

3.  Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 

4.  General  Conference 

5.  Baltimore  Conference 

Alumni  Scholarship  Fund  •  Dorothy  Jean  Bachman  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  Lillian  Merle  Bachman  Scholarship  Fund  •  E.  M. 
Baum  Scholarship  Fund  •  Arthur  S.  and  Emma  E.  Beckley 
Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  •  Andrew  and  Ruth  E.  Bender 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Cloyd  and  Mary  Bender  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Biological  Scholarship  Fund  •  Eliza  Bittinger  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Mary  A.  Bixler  Scholarship  Fund  •  I.  T.  Buffington 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Alice  Evers  Burtner  Memorial  Award  Fund 

•  Oliver  P.  Butterwick  School  Fund  •  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  Clark 
Carmean  Scholarship  Fund  •  Isaiah  H.  Daugherty  and  Benja- 
min P.  Raab  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  •  Senator  James  J. 
Davis  Scholarship  Fund  •  Derickson  Scholarship  Fund  •  Wil- 
liam E.  Duff  Scholarship  Fund  •  Samuel  F.  and  Agnes  F.  Engle 
Scholarship  Fund  •  M.  C.  Favinger  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Fred  E.  Foos  Scholarship  Fund  •  Thomas  G.  Fox  Memorial 
Scholarship  Fund  •  James  K.  Fry  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

•  C.  C.  Gingrich  Scholarship  Fund  •  Gossard.  Plitt  and  Mon- 
teith  Scholarship  Fund  •  Margaret  Verda  Graybill  Memorial 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Peter  Graybill  Scholarship  Fund  •  Jacob  F. 
Greasley  Scholarship  Fund  •  Hilda  Hafer  Scholarship  Fund  • 
Alice  M.  Heagy  Scholarship  Fund  •  J.  M.  Heagy  and  Wife  Schol- 
arship Fund  •  Bertha  Foos  Heinz  Scholarship  Fund  •  Harvey 
E.  Herr  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  •  Edwin  M.  Hershey 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Merle  M.  Hoover  Scholarship  Fund  •  Kath- 
erine  S.  Howard  Scholarship  Fund  •  Judge  S.  C.  Huber  Schol- 
arship Fund  •  Cora  Appleton  Huber  Scholarship  Fund  •  H.  S. 


Immel  Scholarship  Fund  •  Henry  G.  and  Anna  S.  Kauffman 
and  Family  Scholarship  FUnd  •  John  A.  H.  Keith  Fund  •  Bar- 
bara June  Kettering  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Dorothea  Killinger 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Rev.  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  and  Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman 
Scholarship  Fund  •  A.  S.  Kreider  Ministerial  Scholarship  Fund 

•  D.  Albert  and  Anna  Forney  Kreider  Scholarship  Fund  •  W  E. 
Kreider  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Maud  P.  Laughlin  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Lebanon  Steel  Foundry  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 

•  David  E.  and  Abram  M.  Long  Memorial  Ministerial  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  The  Lorenz  Benevolent  FUnd  •  Mrs.  Edwin  M. 
Loux  Scholarship  Fund  •  F.  C.  McKay  Medical  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Elizabeth  Meyer  Endowment  FUnd  •  Elizabeth  May 
Meyer  Musical  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Elizabeth  H.  Millard  Me- 
morial Scholarship  Fund  •  Margaret  S.  Millard  Scholarship 
FUnd  •  Harry  E.  Miller  Scholarship  Fund  •  Bishop  J.  S.  Mills 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Germaine  Benedictus  Monteaux  Memorial 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Deborah  A.  Moore  Memorial  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Elizabeth  A.  Mower  Beneficiary  Fund  •  Laura  Muth 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Gene  P.  Neidig  Memorial  Scholarship  FUnd 

•  Philadelphia  Lebanon  Valley  College  Alumni  Scholarship 
FUnd  •  Rev.  H.  C.  Phillips  Scholarship  Fund  •  Pickwell  Me- 
morial Music  Award  •  Quincy  Evangelical  United  Brethren  Or- 
phanage and  Home  Scholarship  Fund  •  Ezra  G.  Ranck  and 
Wife  Scholarship  FUnd  •  J.  .Allan  Ranck  Memorial  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Levi  S.  Reist  Scholarship  Fund  •  Dr.  G.  A.  Richie 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Emmett  C.  Roop  Scholarship  Fund  •  Reyn- 
aldo  Rovers  Memorial  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Mary  Sachs  Foun- 
dation Scholarship  Fund  •  Harvey  L.  Seltzer  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Paul  Shannon  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Special  Fund  •  Mary  Ann 


Ocker  Spital  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Rev.  and  Mrs.  Cawley  H.  Stine 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Dr.  Alfred  D.  Strickler  and  Louise  Kreider 
Strickler  Pre-Medical  Scholarship  FUnd  •  Robert  L.  Unger 
Scholarship  FUnd  •  Henry  J.  Wilder  Scholarship  Fund  •  J.  C. 
Winter  Scholarship  Fund  • 

Student  Loan  Funds 

Mary  A.  Dodge  Loan  Fund  •  Daniel  Eberly  Scholarship  FUnd  • 
Glant-Gibson-Glunt  Educational  Loan  Fund  •  Esther  and 
Frank  Ligan  FUnd  •  International  Student  Loan  FUnd  • 

Prize  Funds 

Bradford  C.  Alban  Memorial  Award  Fund  •  Class  of  1964  Quittie 
Award  FUnd  •  The  L.  G.  Bailey  Award  Fund  •  Henry  H.  Baish 
Award  •  Andrew  Bender  Memorial  Chemistry  Fund  •  Governor 
James  H.  Duff  Award  •  Florence  Wolf  Knauss  Memorial  Music 
Award  •  La\  le  Colkgierme  Award  FUnd  •  Max  F.  Lehman  Fund 

•  Edith  Mills  Music  Award  •  People's  National  Bank  Achieve- 
ment Award  in  Economics  •  The  Rosenberry  Award  •  Francis 
H.  Wilson  Biology  Award 

Annuity  Funds 

Ruth  E.  Bender  •  Ruth  Detwiler  Rettew  •  Paul  F.  FUlk  and 
Margaret  M.  FUlk  •  Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffrnan  and  Erma  L.  Kleffrnan 

•  E.  Roy  Line  Annuity  •  Man'  Lutz  Mairs  •  Esta  Wareheim 

Unitrust  Agreements 

Richard  L.  and  Ruth  W.  Davis  Fund  •  Parke  H.  and  Cecil  B. 
Lutz  FUnd  •  Dr.  Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger  Trust  Fund 


Endow.  Funds    35 


Student 
Finances 


Student  charges  are  based  upon  the  principal  of  prepayment  (i.e.,  to  keep  student  charges 
at  a  minimum  and  yet  at  a  level  consistent  with  maintaining  adequate  facilities  and  high  quality 
instruction,  payment  is  a  prerequisite  for  registration). 


Fees- 1982-83 


1982-83  Fee  Structure  for  Full- 
Time  Students 

Comprehensive  Fee  Per.  Yr. 


$4,790 
920 


1,265 


Fee  includes  the  following:  $4,790 

Tbition  $4,650   

Fees  140 

Total  Charges  for  Commuting  Student 

Room  (other  than  single  occupancy) 
Single  in  a  single  occupancy  125%  of 
above  room  rate 
Single  in  a  double  occupancy 
150%  of  above  room  rate 

Dining  Hall 

Total  Charges  for  a  Resident  Student  $6,975 

Private  music  Instruction  ( Vz  hour  per  wk.) 
Beyond  the  First  Half  Hour  (per  semes-  $120 

ter) 

Transcript  in  Excess  of  One  $2 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  gradu- 
ate is  entitled  to  one  transcript  of  his  col- 
lege record  without  charge.  For  each  copy 
after  the  first,  a  fee  of  two  dollars  is 
charged. 

Student  Charges  for  1982-83 

Part  Time  (less  than  12  hrs.  per  sem.)  Stu-        $120.00 
dent  Charge  (per  sem.  cr.  hr.) 


Private  Music  Instruction  (Vz  hr.  per  week) 
Science  Laboratory  Fees  (Part  Time  Day 

Student/Any  Auxiliary  School  Student) 
Registration  Fees  (Day  School) 

Change  of  Registration 

Late  Pre-Registration 

Late  Registration 

Part  Time  Student  Registration 

Application  Fee 
Auxiliary    Schools    (Evening,    Summer. 

Weekend) 

TUition  (per  sem.  hr.  cr.) 

Registration  Fee 
(Degree  Students  Taking  Weekend 
College  Courses  Do  Not  Pay) 

Change  of  Registration 

Late  Registration 

Application  Fee 
Late  Payment  Fees  (Day  School) 

If  not  paid  by  stipulated  deadlines  of  Au- 
gust 10  and  January  2 
A  monthly  interest  rate  of  1V4%  will  apply 
to  any  balance  outstanding  after  registra- 
tion day. 


$120.00 
$25.00 


$10.00 
$10.00 
$10.00 
$10.00 
$20.00 


$90.00 
$10.00 


$10.00 
$10.00 
$15.00 
$25.00 


Fees  and 
Deposits 


36    Student  Fin. 


A  non-refundable  application  fee  is  charged  each  applicant  and  upon  acceptance  a  non- 
refundable admission  deposit  of  $100  is  required  of  all  new  (including  transfer)  students.  The 
admission  deposit  upon  registration  is  applied  to  the  student's  account. 

Failure  to  register  in  any  prescribed  pre-registration  or  registration  period,  late  registration, 
change  in  registration — each  involves  a  $10  charge  to  the  student. 

The  semester  credit  hour  charge  for  part-time  students  (less  than  12  credit  hours  per 
semester)  is  $120.00  and  the  registration  fee  for  a  part-time  student  is  $10.00. 

A  health's  service  fee  is  collected  in  the  first  semester  of  the  student's  enrollment  and  a 
pro-rata  charge  applies  to  the  student  who  first  enrolls  in  the  second  semester. 

The  contingency  deposit  in  the  amount  of  $50.00  must  be  made  before  registration  and  is 
required  of  all  full-time  students  and  will  be  refunded  upon  graduation  or  withdrawal  from 
college  provided  no  damage  has  been  caused  by  the  student.  All  student  breakage  that  occurs  in 
college-operated  facilities  will  be  charged  against  this  deposit  and  the  amount  must  be  repaid  to 
the  college  within  30  days  of  notice  to  the  student. 


Semester  charges  are  due  and  payable  in  full  on  August  10  (first  semester)  and  January  2 
(second  semester)  as  a  condition  for  registration.  Arrangements  for  deferred  payment  plans  shall 
be  completed  early  enough  to  assure  payment  of  bills  no  later  than  the  date  that  semester 
charges  are  due  and  payable  (Aug.  10  and  Jan.  2). 

A  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  college  accounts  is  required  before  grades  are  released, 
transcripts  are  sent,  honorable  dismissal  granted,  or  degree  conferred. 


Payment  of 
Fees  and 
Deposits 


Refunds,  as  indicated  below,  are  allowed  only  to  students  who  officially  withdraw  from  the 
college  by  completing  the  clearance  procedure: 

Period  after  registration  %  refunded  of  tuition 

Within  2  weeks    75% 

Within  3rd  week    50% 

Within  4th  week    25% 

After  4  weeks 0% 

The  above  refund  schedule  also  applies  to  part-time  students,  and  to  full-time  students  who 
withdraw  from  a  course  or  courses  so  as  to  reduce  the  remaining  course  load  to  less  than  12 
semester  credit  hours. 

A  prorated  refund  on  board  charges  is  allowed  for  the  period  beginning  after  honorable 
official  withdrawal.  No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  deposit  except  when  withdrawal  results  from  suspension  or 
dismissal  by  college  action  or  when  withdrawal  results  from  entrance  into  active  military  service. 

Refunds  for  students  who  withdraw  due  to  health  reasons  during  the  first  half  of  either 
semester  will  be  "determined  bv  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 


Refunds 


Residence  hall  rooms  are  reserved  only  for  those  continuing  students  who  make  an  advance 
room  reservation  deposit  of  $50.00  (Receipt  must  be  presented  at  the  time  of  room  sign-up 
which  occurs  during  April.) 

Occupants  must  pay  for  any  breakage  or  loss  of  furniture  or  any  other  damage  for  which 
they  are  responsible.  Damage  not  assignable  to  an  individual  occupant  may  be  prorated  to 
accounts  of  occupants  within  the  responsible  area  (wing,  hall,  floor,  dorm,  etc.). 

Each  room  in  the  men's  residence  halls  is  furnished  with  chests  of  drawers,  book  case, 
beds,  mattresses,  chairs,  and  study  tables.  Drapes  are  provided  in  Funkhouser,  Hammond,  and 
Keister  Halls.  Students  must  provide  bedding,  rugs,  lamps,  and  all  other  furnishings. 

Each  room  in  the  women's  residence  halls  is  furnished  with  beds,  mattresses,  chairs, 
dressers,  book  case,  and  study  tables.  Drapes  are  provided  in  Mary  Green  and  Vickroy  Halls. 
Other  desired  furnishings  must  be  supplied  by  the  student. 


Residence 
Halls 


Residence  Halls    37 


Students  rooming  in  residence  halls  may  not  sublet  their  rooms  to  commuting  students  or 
to  others. 

Since  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  primarily  a  boarding  institution,  all  students  are  required 
to  live  in  college-owned  or  controlled  residence  halls.  Exceptions  to  the  above  are:  married 
students,  students  living  with  immediate  relatives,  or  those  living  in  their  own  homes  who 
commute  daily  to  the  campus. 

Should  vacancies  occur  in  any  of  the  residence  halls,  the  college  reserves  the  right  to 
require  students  rooming  in  the  community  to  move  into  a  residence  hall. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  close  all  residence  halls  during  vacations  and  between 
semesters. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  inspect  any  student's  room  at  any  time.  Periodic  inspection 
of  residence  halls  will  be  made  by  members  of  the  administration. 

The  college  is  not  responsible  for  loss  of  personal  possessions  by  the  students.  It  is  recom- 
mended that  each  student  consider  the  need  to  provide  private  insurance  coverage. 


38    Meals 


j\lC£lls  ^"  res'dent  students  are  required  to  take  their  meals  in  the  college  dining  rooms.  Com- 

muting students  may  arrange  for  meals  Monday  through  Friday,  on  a  semester  basis,  if  space  is 
available. 


Lebanon  Valley  College  makes  every  effort  to  financially  assist  those  students  who,  without 
such  assistance,  would  be  unable  to  attend.  It  is  impossible  for  many  students  to  meet  the  high 
costs  of  the  quality  education  which  Lebanon  Valley  provides,  and  this  is  supported  by  the  fact 
that  nearly  75%  of  current  LVC  students  are  receiving  some  type  of  aid. 

Lebanon  Valley's  financial  aid  program  is  based  on  the  premise  that  it  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  student  and  his  or  her  parents  to  meet  educational  expenses  to  the  extent  that  they  are 
able.  When  it  is  determined  that  a  student  demonstrates  financial  need  (the  difference  between 
overall  educational  costs  and  the  amount  of  money  the  family  can  reasonably  make  available  for 
educational  purposes),  aid  resources  are  then  allocated  in  an  effort  to  meet  that  need.  Lebanon 
Valley  subscribes  to  the  nationally  accepted  need  analysis  guidelines  known  as  uniform  meth- 
odology. 

In  order  to  assist  the  greatest  number  of  needy  students,  limited  financial  aid  resources  are 
allocated  equitably  in  packages  consisting  of  gift  aid  (grants,  scholarships)  and  "self-help  (loans, 
work).  No  student  should  be  expected  to  carry  an  unusual  burden  of  self-help  under  normal 
circumstances,  nor  should  any  student  expect  his  need  to  be  met  entirely  with  grant  funds. 


Financial 
Aid 


Financial  Aid    39 


Tjpesof 

Financial 

Assistance 


Financial  aid  resources  available  to  students  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  of  three 
basic  types — grants  and  scholarships,  loans,  and  employment.  Sources  of  aid  include  federal  and 
state  governments,  various  private  agencies,  and  Lebanon  Valley  College. 


Grants  and  scholarships  are  outright  gift  aid  to  students, 
and  do  not  have  to  be  repaid.  With  the  exception  of  LVC 
Presidential  Scholarships,  which  are  merit  awards,  all 
grants  are  need-based.  These  grants  include:  Pell  Grants 
(formerly  BEOG).  Supplemental  Educational  Opportu- 
nity Grants  (SEOG).  Pennsylvania  (PHEAA)  and  other 
State  Grants.  LVC  Grants-in-Aid.  and  external  grants  and 
scholarships. 

Loans  to  students  are  available  in  the  form  of  National 
Direct  Student  Loans  (NDSL).  and  Guaranteed  Student 
Loans  (GSL).  The  NDSL  is  a  need-based  loan,  whereas 
the  GSL  may  currently  be  obtained  by  any  student  who 
is  enrolled  at  least  half-time,  regardless  of  need.  These 
loans  must  be  repaid  at  low  interest  rates  upon  the  stu- 


dent's departure  from  the  institution.  Parent  Loans, 
available  to  parents  of  dependent  students  at  higher  in- 
terest rates  and  immediate  repayment,  may  be  obtained 
if  other  resources  are  insufficient. 
Campus  Employment  opportunities  are  available  to  stu- 
dents in  such  areas  as  the  dining  hall,  library,  or  aca- 
demic departments.  Needy  students  are  assigned  part- 
time  jobs  under  the  federally-subsidized  College  Work- 
Study  program;  other  students  may  obtain  jobs  under 
the  institutionally-funded  work-aid  program  if:  1.)  their 
services  are  requested  by  a  particular  department,  or  2.) 
there  are  jobs  available  after  needy  students  have  been 
assigned. 


Recent  federal  legislation  may  have  resulted  in  changes  to  some  of  these  aid  programs.  More 
updated  and  detailed  information  regarding  specific  aid  programs  is  contained  in  the  Financial 
Aid  brochure  published  by  the  LVC  Financial  Aid  Office. 


Application 
Procedures 


1.)  All  students  applying  for  financial  aid  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College  must  file  the  complete  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF 
plus  the  Supplement)  with  theCollege  Scholarship  Ser- 
vice in  Princeton.  New  Jersey.  Filing  this  form  will 
allow  students  to  be  considered  for  LVC  Grants,  NDSL, 
SEOG,  and  College  Work-Study.  The  FAF  may  also  be 
used  to  apply  for  Pell  Grants  and  some  state  grants  (i.e. 
New  Jersey).  Forms  are  available  in  high  school  guid- 
ance offices  and  college  financial  aid  offices,  and  must 
be  filed  prior  to  March  1  in  order  for  students  to  be 
guaranteed  consideration  for  institutional  aid. 

2.)  Pennsylvania  residents  must  file  the  combined  PHEAA, 


Pell  Grant  Application  in  order  to  be  considered  for 
state  grant  aid.  This  application  is  mailed  in  late  fall  to 
all  high  school  seniors  who  have  taken  the  SATs,  and 
must  be  filed  by  May  1. 

3.)  Students  applying  for  Guaranteed  Student  Loans  or 
Parent  Loans  should  do  so  prior  to  June  1.  These  loans 
require  a  separate  application,  which  must  be  obtained 
from  the  bank  or  lending  agency,  and  take  about  six 
weeks  to  process. 

4.)  Application  for  financial  aid  must  be  made  annually. 
Returning  students  should  file  the  FAF  prior  to  April  L 


Award 

Notification 

to  Students 


40     Tijpes  of  Fin.  Assis. 


Students  are  notified  of  the  amount  and  provisions  of  all  financial  aid  awarded  upon  the 
College's  receipt  and  evaluation  of  all  necessary  forms.  Where  awards  from  external  agencies  are 
expected  but  not  yet  made  official,  estimated  awards  will  be  stated.  Students  are  responsible  for 
notifying  the  College  of  acceptance  or  rejection  of  the  aid  offered,  and  are  responsible  for  signing 
and  returning  all  necessary  forms. 

Awards  to  new  students  are  made  within  two  weeks  of  receipt  of  all  necessary  information, 
and  the  College  subscribes  to  the  standard  financial  aid  acceptance  date  of  May  1.  Returning 
student  award  notices  are  sent  to  students  within  four  weeks  of  the  end  of  the  spring  semester, 
with  an  expected  response  period  of  thirty  days. 


The  financial  aid  officer  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  responsible  for  the  allocation  of  LVC 
Grants  as  well  as  federal  campus-based  student  assistance  (NDSL,  SEOG,  Work-Study).  These 
resources  are  used  to  meet  remaining  need  after  Pell  Grants,  state  grants,  and  external  awards 
(not  made  by  LVC)  are  considered.  Lebanon  Valley  attempts  to  achieve  a  comparable  grant  vs. 
self-help  ratio  in  the  total  aid  package  of  all  incoming  students,  however,  the  wide  variance  in 
external  aid  awards  (i.e.  state  aid)  often  makes  this  impossible.  Limited  institutional  resources 
also  require  that  students"  academic  talents  and  special  abilities  be  considered  in  the  awarding  of 
LVC  Grants. 

Each  student's  financial  need  is  computed  yearly,  and  LVC  attempts  to  maintain  approxi- 
mately the  same  proportion  of  grant  aid  in  the  student's  package,  unless  the  applicant's  need 
changes  drastically. 


Packaging 

Financial 

Aid 


A  student's  receipt  of  financial  assistance  requires  that  he/she  assume  certain  responsibili- 
ties. These  are  stated  below. 


1.)  Students  must  be  enrolled  full-time  in  order  to  be  con- 
sidered for  LVC  Grants,  SEOG.  NDSL.  Work-Study,  or 
state  grants. 

2.)  Students  must  be  enrolled  at  least  half-time  (six  cred- 
its) in  order  to  be  eligible  for  Pell  Grants  or  obtain 
Guaranteed  Student  Loans  or  Parent  Loans. 

3.)  Students  receiving  financial  aid  awards  in  excess  of 
$100  from  external  sources  must  report  these  awards 
to  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  The  College  reserves  the 
right  to  adjust  the  student's  aid  package  accordingly. 

4.)  All  transfer  students  must  submit  a  Financial  Aid  Tran- 
script of  aid  resources  from  their  previous  institutionls) 
before  LVC  aid  can  be  finalized. 

5.)  Students  must  maintain  satisfactory  academic  and  so- 
cial standing  requirements  to  retain  their  financial  aid. 
For  retention  of  LVC  Grants,  satisfactory  academic  re- 
quirements are  defined  as:  1.)  students  must  be  en- 
rolled fulltime,  and  2.)  must  either  not  be  on  academic- 
probation,  or,  if  on  probation  have  a  cumulative  grade- 
point  average  higher  than  the  corresponding  semester 
GPA  levels  which  serve  as  criteria  for  academic  proba- 


tion. A  student's  status  is  evaluated  each  semester. 
Presidential  Scholarship  recipients  must  maintain  a  2.5 
cumulative  GPA  to  insure  retention  of  that  award. 
Academic  progress  terms  for  PHEAA  Grants  require 
that  students  successfully  complete  24  credit  hours 
during  the  most  recent  two-semester  period  in  which 
they  received  state  grant  aid.  Academic  progress  for  all 
other  programs  is  defined  by  the  student's  eligibility  for 
continued  enrollment  in  a  degree  program  at  LVC. 
In  order  to  demonstrate  satisfactory  social  standing  for 
purposes  of  retaining  LVC  Grants  and  Scholarships, 
students  must  not  be  placed  on  disciplinary  probation 
by  the  dean  of  students.  Stu- 
dents will  be  denied  LVC  grant  assistance  for  each  se- 
mester (including  portions  of  semesters)  during  which 
the  student  is  in  probationary  status.  The  denial  of  aid 
will  take  place  in  the  semester(s)  immediately  following 
the  semester  in  which  disciplinary  action  is  taken.  Sat- 
isfactory social  standing  for  all  other  programs  is  de- 
fined by  the  student's  eligibility  for  continued  enroll- 
ment in  a  degree  program  at  LVC. 


Policies  and 
Student 
Responsi- 
bilities 


For  additional  information  regarding  financial  aid  contact: 

Financial  Aid  Office 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA.  17003 
(717)  867-4411  Ext.  207 


Policies     41 


4*£>> 


'mmmm 


Academic  Programs/Procedures 


Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  four  bachelor  degrees  upon  students  who  are  recommended 
by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees.  They  are:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of 
Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  requirements  in  the 
following  areas:  English,  foreign  languages,  French,  German,  history,  humanities,  music,  phi- 
losophy, political  science,  psychology,  religion,  sacred  music,  social  science,  sociology  and  Span- 
ish. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  requirements  in 
the  following  areas:  accounting,  actuarial  science,  biochemistry,  biology,  business  administra- 
tion, chemistry,  computer  science,  cooperative  engineering,  cooperative  forestry,  economics, 
elementary  education,  international  business,  mathematics,  music  education,  nuclear  medicine 
technology,  nursing,  operations  research,  physics  and  social  service. 

As  appropriate,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  upon  the 
student  who  completes  an  individualized  major  program. 

The  professional  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Medical  Technology  are  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  the  respective  requirements. 


Degrees 


Requirements  for  degrees  are  stated  in  semester  hours  of  credit.  Generally,  one  semester 
hour  of  credit  is  given  for  each  class  hour  a  week  throughout  the  semester.  In  courses  requiring 
laboratory  work,  not  less  than  two  hours  of  laboratory  work  a  week  throughout  a  semester  are 
required  for  a  semester  hour  of  credit.  A  semester  is  a  term  of  approximately  15  weeks. 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  credit  in  academic 
work  in  addition  to  the  required  two  semester  hours  credit  in  physical  education.  However,  a 
student  who  has  a  physical  disability  may  be  excused  (on  recommendation  from  the  college 
physician)  from  the  physical  education  requirement. 


Semester 
Hours 


Each  student  is  assigned  a  faculty  adviser  who  serves  in  the  capacity  of  friendly  counselor. 
The  chairman  or  another  adviser  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  has  elected  to  major 
becomes  the  adviser  for  that  student.  The  adviser's  approval  is  necessary  before  a  student  may 
register  for  or  withdraw  from  any  course,  select  or  change  his  pass/fail  elections,  change  course 
hours  credit,  or  change  from  credit  to  audit  or  vice  versa. 


Faculty 
Advisers 


Faculty  Advisers     43 


Mflior  As  Part  °^  tne  ^  semester  hours  credit  required  in  academic  work,  every  degree  candidate 

**  must  present  at  least  24  semester  hours  credit  in  a  major.  The  initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be 

indicated  or  recorded  any  time  before  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  Such  a  choice  of  major 
must  be  made  by  the  time  of  registration  for  the  junior  year. 

A  student  shall  be  accepted  as  a  major  in  a  department  so  long  as  he  has  not  demonstrated 
(by  achieving  less  than  the  minimum  grade-point  average  in  the  desired  major)  that  he  is 
incapable  of  doing  satisfactory  work  in  the  department.  A  student  accepted  as  a  major  has  the 
right  to  remain  in  that  department,  except  by  special  action  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  as  long  as 
the  student  is  in  college. 

Substitution  or  waiving  of  specific  courses  required  for  the  major  may  be  approved  by  the 
departmental  chairman  or  advisers  upon  student  request. 

A  student  desiring  to  major  in  two  subject  areas  should  consult  his  current  adviser  and  the 
chairman  of  the  department  of  his  proposed  second  major  concerning  the  requirements  and 
procedure. 


Residence 
Require- 
ment 


Degrees  will  be  conferred  only  upon  those  candidates  earning  in  residence  a  minimum  of 
30  semester  hours  out  of  the  last  36  taken  before  the  date  of  the  conferring  of  the  degree,  or 
before  the  transfer  to  a  cooperating  program.  Residence  credit  is  given  for  course  work  completed 
in  regular  day  classes  and  in  Weekend  College,  University  Center,  evening  and  summer  session 
courses  taken  on  campus. 


Transfer 
Students 


Students  transferring  from  two-year  institutions  (except  those  in  the  medical  technology 
and  nursing  programs)  are  required  to  have  at  least  60  hours  of  work  at  a  four-year  institution 
for  graduation.  All  students  must  take  a  minimum  of  30  hours  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Students  transferring  from  other  institutions  must  secure  a  grade-point  average  of  1.75  or 
better  in  work  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College,  and  must  meet  the  2.0  gradepoint  average  in 
their  major  field. 


Grade-Point 

Averages 


44    Major 


Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  1.75,  computed  in 
accordance  with  the  grading  system  indicated  below.  In  addition,  candidates  must  earn  a  major 
grade-point  average  of  2.0. 

Only  grades  received  in  courses  taken  on  campus,  in  courses  staffed  by  Lebanon  Valley 
College  at  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg,  or  in  courses  in  the  LVC -Central  College  Inter- 
national Studies  Program  and  the  LVC  Washington  Semester  are  used  to  determine  grade-point 
averages. 


Student  work  is  graded  A  B,  C,  D  or  F,  with  the  plus  and  minus  available  to  faculty 
members  who  wish  to  use  them.  These  grades  have  the  following  meanings: 
A — distinguished  performance 
B — superior  work 

C — general  satisfactory  achievement 

D — course  requirements  and  standards  satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 
F — course  requirements  and  standards  not  satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 

A  student  may  not  take  any  course  which  has  as  a  prerequisite  a  course  that  he  has  failed. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  /,  W  WP,  and  WF  are  used  on  grade 
reports  and  in  college  records.  /  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  (that  the  student  has 
postponed  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor  and  for  substantial  reason,  certain  required 
work),  but  otherwise  satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first  six  weeks  of  the 
beginning  of  the  next  semester,  or  the  /  will  be  converted  to  an  F.  Appeals  for  extension  of  time 
beyond  six  weeks  must  be  presented  in  writing  to  the  registrar  not  later  than  one  week  after  the 
beginning  of  the  next  semester. 

W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes.  In  case 
of  a  withdrawal  from  a  course  thereafter  through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes,  the  symbol 
WP  will  be  entered  if  the  student's  work  is  satisfactory,  and  WF  if  unsatisfactory.  The  grade  of 
WF  is  counted  as  an  F  in  calculating  the  grade-point  averages. 

For  physical  education  courses  and  courses  in  which  no  academic  credit  is  involved,  student 
work  is  evaluated  as  either  5  (satisfactory)  or  U  (unsatisfactory). 

For  each  semester  hour  credit  in  a  course  in  which  a  student  is  graded  A,  he  receives  4 
quality  points:  .4  -,  3.7;  B  +  ,  3.3;  B,  3.0;  B-,  2.7;  and  so  on.  F  carries  no  credit  and  no  quality 
points. 


Grading 
System  and 
Quality 
Points 


Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  as  part  of  its  responsibility  to  its  students  the  need  for 
providing  sound  educational,  vocational,  and  personal  counseling.  Measures  of  interest,  ability, 
aptitude,  and  personality,  in  addition  to  other  counseling  techniques,  are  utilized  in  an  effort  to 
help  each  student  come  to  a  fuller  realization  of  his  capabilities  and  personality. 

Placement  services  are  provided  by  the  college  for  aiding  students  in  procuring  part-time 
employment  while  in  college  and  in  obtaining  positions  upon  graduation.  A  current  file  is 
maintained  which  contains  information  about  positions  in  various  companies  and  institutions, 
teaching,  civil  service  opportunities  and  examinations,  entrance  to  professional  schools,  assis- 
tantships,  and  fellowships.  Representatives  of  business,  industry,  and  educational  institutions 
visit  the  campus  annually  to  interview  seniors  for  prospective  employment.  A  file  of  credentials 
and  activities  of  those  students  availing  themselves  of  the  services  is  available  to  prospective 
employers.  Graduates  may  keep  their  individual  files  active  by  reporting  additional  information 
to  the  director  of  placement. 

Records  of  students'  credentials  in  all  areas  of  student  activities  are  on  file. 


Counseling 

and 

Placement 


Counseling     45 


Baccalaure- 
ate and 
Commence- 
ment 
Attendance 


All  seniors  are  required  to  attend  the  May  baccalaureate  and  commencement  programs  at 
which  their  degrees  are  to  be  conferred,  except  for  the  most  compelling  reasons  and  only  upon 
a  written  request  approved  by  the  registrar  and  submitted  to  him  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to 
commencement.  Faculty  approval  is  required  for  conferring  of  the  degree  and  issuance  of  the 
diploma  in  any  case  of  willful  failure  to  comply  with  these  regulations. 

Students  graduating  in  January  (mid-winter)  or  August  (summer)  are  invited,  along  with 
their  families,  to  attend  an  informal  but  meaningful  ceremony  marking  the  completion  of  their 
collegiate  experience.  Participation  in  these  exercises  is  not  required.  Students  graduating  in 
January  or  August  are  also  entitled  to  participate  in  the  May  Commencement  and  Baccalaureate 
if  thev  desire. 


Pass/Fail 


DECREE  STUDENTS  PRIOR  TO  FIRST  SEMESTER,  1979-1980 

After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  semester  hours  credit),  a  student  may  elect  to  take 
up  to  two  courses  for  the  semester  and  one-semester  course  per  summer  session  on  a  P/F  basis, 
but  only  six  of  these  courses  can  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements. 

Any  courses  not  being  counted  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  general  requirements  or  the 
major  requirements  may  be  optional  on  a  pass/fail  basis.  Any  prerequisite  course  taken  P/F  and 
successfully  completed  will  satisfy  the  prerequisite. 

Each  department  may.  with  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  designate  certain 
courses,  including  those  required  for  the  major,  in  which  the  grading  will  be  P/F  for  all  students. 
Courses  so  designated  shall  not  count  toward  the  total  number  of  courses  available  P/F  to  the 
student. 

A  course  taken  P/F  will  be  graded  P/H  (B  +  and  higher),  P  (D  -  through  B),  and  F  (below 
D-). 

A  course  passed  P/F  shall  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements,  but  only  an  F  grade 
shall  be  included  in  computing  the  grade-point  average. 

The  student,  with  approval  of  his  adviser,  will  indicate  at  registration  or  through  the  eighth 
week  of  semester  classes  the  courses  that  he  has  elected  to  take  P/F.  He  may.  with  approval  of  his 
adviser,  remove  a  course  from  P/F  during  the  same  period. 

Instructors  may  be  informed  of  P/F  options  selected  by  students  only  after  semester  grades 
have  been  reported.  Instructors  will  submit  for  each  student  an  A  through  F  grade  which  will  be 
converted  to  P/H,  P,  or  F. 


46    Bacc.  &  Comm.  Att. 


PERSONS  BEGINNING  STUDY  AS  DEGREE  STUDENTS  IN  THE  FIRST  SEMES- 
TER, 1979-1980,  AND  THEREAFTER 

Pass/fail  requirements  are  the  same  as  listed  above  with  the  following  exceptions:  (1.) 
courses  which  are  prerequisites  or  corequisites  for  major  courses  may  not  be  taken  P/F.  (2.) 
Election  of  the  P/F  option  shall  be  completed  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  the  semester;  a 
student  may  remove  a  course  from  P/F  during  the  first  eight  weeks  of  the  semester. 


To  graduate  from  Lebanon  Valley  College,  students  must  satisfy  certain  general  require- 
ments, outlined  below: 

1.  Writing  Skills  (6  credits).  English  111,  112. 

2.  Religion  and/or  Philosophy  (6  credits).  Philosophy  110,  228,  231;  Religion  110, 
111,112,120,222. 

3.  Natural  Science  (6-9  credits,  depending  upon  the  selection  of  courses;  one  course 
must  be  a  laboratory,  listed  in  italics).  Biology  1011102. 1111112,  302  309;  Chemistry 
101,  102, 103,  104,  111,  112, 113,  114;  Mathematical  Sciences  100,  102,  111,  160, 
161,  170,  270;  Physics  100,  103,  104,  110.  111.  112;  Psychology  110. 120.  235.  236. 
237,  238,  444. 

4.  Individual  and  Group  Behavior  (9-10  credits,  depending  upon  the  selection  of 
courses;  student  chooses  3  or  4  courses  from  at  least  2  disciplines).  Economics  110/ 
120;  Geography  112;  all  History  courses  except  400,  412,  500;  Metropolitan  Semester 
260;  Political  Science  111/112, 211, 212. 311. 312. 314. 411. 413;  Psychology  100, 321, 
337,  343,  346;  Religion  140;  Sociology  110,  122,  211,  232,  242,  251.  273.  282,  322; 
appropriate  Interdisciplinary  courses. 

5.  Foreign  Language  (3-9  credits,  depending  upon  the  option  selected).  This  require- 
ment may  be  met  in  one  of  five  ways:  6  credits  in  elementary  foreign  language;  6 
credits  in  intermediate  foreign  language;  3  credits  in  intermediate  foreign  language 
and  3  credits  in  computer  language  (Computer  Programming  170,  Computer  Science 
241);  3  credits  in  advanced  foreign  language;  or  6-9  additional  credits  of  General 
Requirements,  not  in  physical  education  or  the  major  field(s). 

6.  Arts  and  Letters  (6  credits).  Art  110,  201,  203;  English  221/222,  225/226,  227/228, 
250-299;  321/322, 337, 338, 339;  all  foreign  language  courses  numbered  1 16  or  higher 
except  those  numbered  215,  252,  440, 445/446,  500;  Metropolitan  Semester  270,  290; 
Music  100  or  341/342;  Philosophy  350-399;  appropriate  Interdisciplinary  Courses. 

7.  Physical  Education  (2  credits). 

Notes: 

-  Total  credits  required  for  graduation:  122. 

-  No  course  from  a  student's  first  major  may  be  used  to  meet  the  general  requirements;  however,  courses  required  for  a 
second  major,  as  well  as  any  required  courses  in  a  collateral  field,  may  he  used  to  meet  requirements. 

-  Requirements  may  also  be  satisfied  through  proficiency  examinations,  Advanced  Placement  Program,  and  College  Level 
Examination  Program;  further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  registrar. 


The  General 
Require- 
ments 


Gen.  Requirements    47 


The  Honors 
Program 


Director: 
Dr.  Markowicz 


The  Honors  Program  is  designed  for  superior  students  who  are  keenly  motivated  to  expand 
their  intellectual  horizons,  to  develop  their  curiosity  and  creativity,  and  to  assume  a  personal 
responsibility  for  challenging  their  intellectual  abilities.  The  program  seeks  to  sharpen  critical 
and  analytical  thinking,  to  develop  verbal  and  written  expression,  to  encourage  intellectual 
independence,  and  to  foster  sensitive  and  informed  investigation  of  human  values.  To  achieve 
these  goals,  the  program  offers  a  rigorous  curricular  alternative  to  the  general  requirements  of 
the  College. 

Participants  are  selected  during  their  freshman  year  on  the  basis  of  interviews  and  scholas- 
tic records. 

Requirements:  To  graduate  as  an  Honor  Student,  one  must  have  maintained  an  average 
of  3.0  overall  and  in  the  program;  have  completed  the  four  Honors  courses,  six  credits  in  Honor 
seminars,  and  six  credits  in  independent  study;  and  have  taken  a  laboratory  science  course,  a 
foreign  language  at  the  intermediate  level  or  above,  and  two  courses  in  physical  education. 


HONORS  COURSES 

201.  Human  Existence  and  Transcendence.  A  close  examination  of  the  basic  questions 
and  issues  pertaining  to  human  existence  and  the  ways  in  which  mankind  has  attempted, 
religiously  and  philosophically,  to  rise  above  the  prevailing  conditions  of  human  existence.  This 
course  seeks  to  describe  and  examine  the  commonalities  and  differences  between  religion  and 
philosophy  as  each  discipline  addresses  itself  to  existence  and  transcendence. 

202.  The  Individual  and  Society.  An  investigation  into  the  structures  of  society,  their 
origins,  and  their  impact  upon  human  values.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  interaction  of  the 
individual  and  the  socio-cultural  environment.  The  approaches  of  the  various  social  sciences  will 
be  evaluated. 

203.  The  Nature  and  Impact  of  Science.  An  investigation  of  the  nature  of  science,  its 
goals,  assumptions,  and  methods.  The  relationship  between  science  and  technology  as  well  as 
ethical  and  valuational  issues  inherent  in  science  will  also  be  considered. 

204.  Human  Creativity.  A  study  of  the  major  forms  of  literature,  music,  and  plastic  art, 
designed  to  acquaint  students  with  the  functions,  values,  and  aesthetic  and  cultural  contexts  of 
art,  as  well  as  to  enhance  their  responses  to  artworks. 

HONORS  SEMINARS 

These  courses,  which  may  be  interdepartmental  and  team-taught,  are  intensive  studies  of 
selected  topics  available  to  junior  and  senior  Honor  Students. 


48    Honors  Prog. 


INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

An  independent  study  project,  which  is  the  capstone  of  the  Honors  Program,  provides  the 
opportunity  to  carry  out  an  extensive  academic  study  of  the  student's  own  design.  The  project, 
which  is  overseen  by  a  faculty  member,  must  be  approved  by  the  Honors  Director.  When 
acceptable  to  an  academic  department,  such  independent  study  may  serve  as  the  basis  for 
Departmental  Honors.  Upon  completion,  the  project  will  be  presented  publicly. 


All  major  programs  provide  the  opportunity  for  departmental  honors  work  during  the 
junior  and  senior  years.  For  specific  information,  interested  students  should  contact  the  appro- 
priate department  chairman.  Generally,  departmental  honors  consists  of  a  reading  and/or 
research  project  producing  a  thesis  or  essay.  This  project  is  undertaken  on  a  subject  of  the 
students'  own  choosing  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Opportunity  also  exists  to  do 
creative  work.  A  maximum  of  nine  hours  credit  may  be  earned  in  departmental  honors. 


Departmen- 
tal Honors 


Dept.  Honors    49 


Auxiliary 
Schools 


Summer  sessions,  evening  classes  on  campus.  Weekend  College,  and  extension  classes  in 
the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg  enable  teachers,  state  employees,  and  others  in  active 
employment  to  attend  college  courses  and  secure  academic  degrees.  By  a  careful  selection  of 
courses  made  in  consultation  with  the  appropriate  adviser,  students  can  meet  many  of  the 
requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Some  courses  may  be  taken  for  provisional  and 
permanent  teaching  certification;  others  may  be  taken  with  the  aim  of  transferring  credit  to 
another  institution.  Many  courses  lead  to  professional  advancement  or  are  of  direct  benefit  to 
persons  in  business  or  industry,  while  others  assist  in  broadening  the  student's  vocational,  social, 
and  cultural  background. 

Brochures  are  published  for  the  summer  session,  the  evening  classes,  and  Weekend  College. 
For  information  write  to  the  Director  of  Auxiliary  Schools,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville, 
Pennsylvania  17003. 


Weekend  College 

The  Weekend  College  offers  full  degree  programs  in 
accounting,  business  administration,  nursing,  social  sci- 
ence, sociology,  and  social  service,  with  all  of  the  necessary 
classes  meeting  on  alternate  Friday  nights  and  Saturdays  in 
both  the  academic  semesters  and  the  summer.  These  resi- 
dence credit  classes  are  primarily  intended  for  off-campus 
adults  interested  in  pursuing  a  college  degree. 

Campus  Evening  Classes 

Evening  classes  are  offered  on  the  campus.  Monday 
through  Thursday,  and  carry  residence  credit. 

The  evening  school  includes  an  E.XR/CH  Program  in 
Business  Administration  or  Accounting.  The  student  re- 
ceives a  certificate  of  achievement  upon  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  60  semester-hour  program. 

Summer  Session 

Regular  enrolled  students  may.  by  taking  summer  ses- 
sion courses,  meet  the  requirements  for  the  bachelor's  de- 
gree in  three  years. 


University  Center  at  Harrisburg 

Extension  classes  are  offered  at  the  Center's  campus. 
2991  North  Front  Street.  Harrisburg.  17110.  on  Monday 
through  Thursday  evenings  and  on  Saturday  mornings 
during  the  regular  academic  semesters.  Classes  meet  dur- 
ing the  summer  sessions  on  various  evenings.  Lebanon 
Valley  College's  extension  program  in  Harrisburg  is  carried 
on  in  conjunction  with  Elizabethtown  College,  Temple  Uni- 
versity. The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania.  Courses  offered  by  Lebanon  Valley  may 
carry  residence  credit. 

All  students  admitted  and  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  the 
college  are  required  to  secure  the  permission  of  their  advis- 
ers and  the  registrar  prior  to  enrolling  for  any  courses  at 
the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg. 

For  details  pertaining  to  the  University  Center  at  Har- 
risburg write  or  call  the  director  at  2991  North  Front 
Street.  Harrisburg.  Pennsylvania  17110.  at  717-238-9694 
during  the  day  or  717-238-9696  during  the  evening. 


Off-Campus 
Opportuni- 
ties 


50    Awe.  Schools 


A  student's  study  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  not  limited  totally  to  on-campus  work.  The 
college  participates  in  several  off-campus  learning  experiences  for  which  students  may  register 
and  receive  credit. 

Environmental  Biology 

Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  active  programs  in 
the  following  areas  of  Environmental  Biology:  Ecology;  Ma- 
rine Biology;  Field  Botany  and  Zoology:  Forestry  (Coopera- 
tive Program):  Environmental  Management  (Cooperative 
Program). 

Field  trips  to  the  College  of  Marine  Studies.  University 
of  Delaware,  and  the  University  of  Georgia  Marine  Institute. 
Sapelo  Island.  Georgia,  are  made  by  students  involved  in 
the  Marine  Biology  and  Ecology  programs.  Students  in  the 
cooperative  forestry  and  environmental  management  pro- 


grams visit  Duke  University  each  year.  Freshwater  pond  and 
forest  ecosystems  which  are  used  for  ecological  study  are 
located  on  the  campus  at  Kreiderheim.  Wilderness  areas 
which  include  the  transition  zone  between  southern  and 
northern  forests  occur  within  a  few  miles  of  campus. 
Flooded  limestone  quarries  are  available  for  students  who 
desire  more  intensive  training  in  aquatic  ecology  and'or 
limnology. 

Internships  in  a  number  of  ecologically-related  areas 
have  been  arranged  with  local  industries  and  municipal 
governmental  agencies.  On  occasion  these  lead  directly  to 
future  employment. 


The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Biology  includes  pro- 
fessors specifically  trained  in  and  actively  engaged  in  re- 
search in  the  areas  of  marine  biology,  ecology,  plant  taxon- 
omy, animal  taxonomy,  and  plant  physiology.  All  hold  doctoral 
degrees  in  their  area  of  specialty  and  all  involve  students  in 
their  research  efforts.  The  result  has  been  an  unusually 
high  degree  of  achievement  in  student  research  projects,  a 
number  of  which  have  been  published  in  prominent  scien- 
tific journals. 

It  is  the  experience  of  the  department  that  students 
well  trained  in  all  areas  of  science  who  have  an  understand- 
ing of  mathematical  methods,  chemical  techniques,  and 
biological  theory  meet  with  the  greatest  success  both  in 
finding  employment  and  in  their  future  graduate  work. 
Therefore  a  well-balanced  program  of  courses  in  science  is 
stressed  with  emphasis  on  those  important  for  environmen- 
tal biology,  and  students  in  these  areas  are  encouraged  to 
obtain  a  biology  major.  However,  if  a  student  wishes  his  her 
major  to  be  in  a  more  specialized  area  such  as  Marine 
Biology,  this  can  be  arranged  through  the  College's  Individ- 
ualized Major  Program. 
Advisers:  Dr.  Williams,  Dr.  Paul  Wolf 

Germantown  Metropolitan  Semester 

Lebanon  Valley  College  sponsors  an  urban  semester 
program  through  the  Metropolitan  Collegiate  Center  of 
Germantown.  Philadelphia.  Pennsylvania.  This  is  a  one-se- 
mester program  of  a  pre-professional  internship  and  aca- 
demic seminars  relating  to  the  city.  The  program  is  de- 
signed especially  for  students  who  are  interested  in  cities 
and  the  opportunity  of  living  and  working  in  a  pluralistic 
urban  world;  or  who  want  the  practical  and  personal  advan- 
tages of  work  experience  especially  for  purposes  of  voca- 
tional and  educational  decisions. 

Internship  placements  are  available  in  a  diverse  range 
of  social  service,  mental  health,  law  enforcement,  medical 
research,  and  healthcare-delivery  agencies.  Fifteen  aca- 
demic credits  are  offered  in  the  program.  Metropolitan  Se- 
mester students  live  in  housing  approved  by  the  Center 
staff.  Total  costs  are  comparable  to  those  of  a  semester  on 
campus. 
Adviser:  Dr.  Hanes 

International  Studies  Program 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  an  International  Studies 
Program  in  cooperation  with  Central  College.  Pella.  Iowa. 
This  affiliation,  which  is  shared  with  twenty-three  other 
colleges  and  universities  across  the  country,  enables  Leba- 
non Valley  students  to  enroll  for  foreign  study  in  France. 


Germany-Austria.  Spain.  Mexico.  Wales  or  England  while 
maintaining  their  regular  enrollment  status  at  Lebanon 
Valley  and  their  college  and  other  financial  aid. 

Students  may  also  study  abroad  under  a  program  ad- 
ministered by  an  accredited  American  college  or  university. 
or  in  a  program  approved  by  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Such 
students  must  have  maintained  a  3.0  average  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  must  be  proficient  in  the  language  spoken 
in  the  country  in  which  they  will  study,  and  must  be  in  the 
judgment  of  the  registrar  and  the  faculty,  worthy  represen- 
tatives of  their  own  country.  Their  proposed  courses  of 
study  must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  departmental 
chairman  and  the  registrar. 
Advisers:  Dr.  Iglesias.  Dr.  Ford 

Washington  Semester  Program 

Students  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  eligible  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  Washington  Semester  Program  which  is  of- 
fered in  cooperation  with  The  American  University  in  Wash- 
ington. D.C.  Participants  select  one  of  seven  options:  the 
American  governmental  and  political  system  as  a  whole 
ISemester  in  American  National  Government!,  urban  poli- 
tics and  policy-making,  using  Washington  as  a  case  study 
(Urban  Semester).  American  foreign  policy  formulation  and 
implementation  (Foreign  Policy  Semesterl.  practical  and 
theoretical  study  of  economic  policy  (Economic  Policy  Se- 
mester), cultural  institutions  of  Washington  (Semester  in 
American  Studies),  institutions  and  processes  of  the  crimi- 
nal justice  system  (Justice  Semester),  journalism  in  Wash- 
ington (Journalism  Semester).  Different  types  of  courses 
are  offered  in  specific  combinations  for  each  option,  includ- 
ing internships,  individualized  research  projects  worked 
out  with  an  adviser  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  an  in- 
structor at  American  University,  elective  courses,  and  sem- 
inars providing  meetings  with  public  officials,  political  fig- 
ures, private  interest  group  representatives,  and  other 
knowledgeable  persons. 

The  program  is  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  any- 
major  field  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  average,  have  had  the 
basic  courses  in  American  national  government,  and  are 
recommended  by  the  chairman  of  the  Department  of  His- 
tory and  Political  Science.  Two  students  from  the  college 
will  be  selected  each  November  by  .American  University  to 
participate  in  the  following  spring  semester.  Students  in 
the  program  have  the  same  status  as  full-time  undergrad- 
uates at  American  University  and  will  receive  full  credit  for 
one  semester's  work  toward  their  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College. 
Adviser:  Dr.  Geffen 


There  are  a  number  of  academic  procedures  necessary  to  ensure  that  all  students  are  given 
every  opportunity  to  take  courses  which  contribute  to  their  total  educational  program. 

Preregistration  and  Registration  courses  on  designated  days  of  each  semester.  These  dates 

Students  are  required  to  preregister  and  register  for  are  listed  in  the  official  college  calendar. 


Academic 
Procedures 


Late  Preregistration  and  Registration 

Students  preregistering  or  registering  later  than  the 
days  and  hours  specified  will  be  charged  a  fee  of  $10.00. 
Students  desiring  to  register  later  than  one  week  after  the 
opening  of  the  semester  will  be  admitted  only  by  special 
permission  of  the  registrar. 

Change  of  Registration 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elections, 
changes  of  course  hours  credit,  changes  from  credit  to 
audit  and  vice  versa,  must  be  approved  by  signature  of  the 
adviser.  In  most  instances  registration  for  a  course  will  not 
be  permitted  after  the  course  has  been  in  session  for  one 
full  week.  With  the  permission  of  the  adviser,  a  student 
may  withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time  through  the  last 
day  of  semester  classes  (see  grading  policy).  A  fee  of  $10.00 
is  charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's 
request  after  registration. 

Discontinuance  of  Courses 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discon- 
tinue any  course  for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  stu- 
dents has  registered. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

A  student  may  repeat  as  often  as  desired,  for  a  higher 
grade,  a  previously  taken  course,  subject  to  the  following 
provisions:  the  course  must  have  been  taken  in  all  registra- 
tions on  campus  and/or  in  courses  staffed  by  the  college  at 
the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg.  Semester  hours  credit 
are  given  only  once.  The  grade  received  each  time  taken  is 
computed  in  the  semester  grade-point  average.  The  higher 
or  highest  grade  is  used  to  compute  the  cumulative  grade- 
point  average.  Each  semester  grade  report  will  show  hours 
credit  each  time  passed,  but  the  total  hours  toward  degree 
will  be  equal  only  to  the  semester  hours  credit  for  the 
course.  For  a  course  previously  passed  P/F,  the  grade  re- 
ceived in  the  subsequent  registration  for  regular  grade  is 
the  "higher  grade."  Each  grade  received  remains  on  the 
permanent  record  card  and  a  notation  is  made  thereon  that 
the  course  has  been  repeated. 

Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 


lege may  not  carry  courses  concurrently  at  any  other  insti- 
tution or  in  Weekend  College  or  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg  without  prior  consent  of  his  adviser  and  the 
registrar. 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may 
not  obtain  credit  for  courses  taken  in  other  colleges,  in- 
cluding the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg,  during  the 
summer  unless  such  courses  have  prior  approval  of  his 
adviser  and  the  registrar. 

Auditing  Courses 

Students  may  register  to  audit  courses  with  approval 
of  the  academic  adviser.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in 
considering  the  course  load  relative  to  limit  of  hours  (ov- 
erload!. The  regular  tuition  fee  is  charged  to  part-time 
students.  Neither  grade  nor  credit  is  given  either  at  the 
time  the  course  is  audited  or  thereafter.  A  grade  of  AU 
(audit)  will  not  be  entered  on  the  student's  permanent 
record  card  if  he  seldom  attended  classes.  A  change  of 
registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from  audit  to  credit 
must  be  accomplished  by  the  end  of  the  fifth  week  of  se- 
mester classes. 

Arrangement  of  Schedules 

Each  student  arranges  a  semester  program  of  courses 
in  consultation  with,  and  by  approval  of.  his  faculty  adviser. 
Students  already  in  attendance  do  this  during  preregistra- 
tion periods.  New  students  accomplish  this  on  orientation 
days. 

Limit  of  Hours 

To  be  classified  as  full-time,  a  student  must  take  at 
least  twelve  semester  hours  of  work.  Sixteen  semester 
hours  of  academic  work  is  the  maximum  permitted  without 
approval  of  the  adviser  and  special  permission  of  the  regis- 
trar. Audited  courses  are  counted  in  determining  the  course 
load,  but  physical  education  and  RSS  110  (Reading  and 
Study  Skills)  are  not. 

Academic  Classification 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the  beginning 
of  each  year.  Membership  in  the  sophomore,  junior  or  se- 
nior classes  is  granted  to  students  who  have  earned  a  min- 
imum of  28,  56  or  84  academic  semester  hours  credit 
respectively. 


Administra- 
tive Regula- 
tions 


52    Admin.  Reg. 


The  rules  of  the  college  are  designed  to  provide  for  proper  regulation  of  the  academic 
community.  The  rules  and  regulations  as  stated  in  this  bulletin  are  announcements  and  in  no 
way  serve  as  a  contract  between  the  student  and  the  college.  Attendance  at  the  college  is  a 
privilege  and  not  a  right.  The  student  by  his  act  of  registration  concedes  to  the  college  the  right 
to  require  his  withdrawal  any  time  deemed  necessary  to  safeguard  the  ideals  of  scholarship  and 
character,  and  to  secure  compliance  with  regulations.  It  is  expected  that  the  conduct  of  all 
campus  citizens  will  conform  to  accepted  standards.  All  students  are  required  to  respond  to 
communications  sent  by  any  duly  constituted  authority  of  the  college. 


Academic  Dishonesty 

Instances  of  open  and  conclusive  academic  dishonesty 
are  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  the  following  regulations: 
for  the  first  offense  the  faculty  member  shall  have  the  au- 
thority to  fail  the  student  in  the  course:  for  the  second 
offense  the  student  shall  be  failed  in  the  course  and  addi- 
tional action  taken,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from 
college,  if  deemed  warranted  by  the  dean  of  the  faculty:  for 
the  third  offense,  if  the  second  act  of  dishonesty  did  not 
warrant  expulsion  in  the  opinion  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty, 
the  student  shall  be  failed  in  the  course  and  expelled  from 
the  college. 

Transcripts 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  graduate  is  entitled 
to  one  transcript  of  his  college  record  without  charge.  For 
each  copy  after  the  first,  a  fee  of  two  dollars  is  charged. 

Regulations  Regarding  Academic 
Probation,  Suspension,  Dismissal, 
Withdrawal 

A.  Probation 

A  student  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation  by  the 
dean  of  the  faculty  or  suspended  or  dismissed  if  his 
academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade-point  av- 
erage shown  in  the  following  table: 

Suspension  or 
Probation  dismissal 

1st  semester    1.25 

2nd  semester    1.50  1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester    1.65 

4th  semester    1.75  1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester    1.75 

6th  semester    1.75  1.65  cumulative 

7th  &  8th  semesters  ......     1.75  in  all  courses 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  notified  of 
such  status  by  the  dean  of  the  faculty  and  in- 
formed of  the  college  regulations  governing  probationers. 
Students  on  probation  are  expected  to  regulate  their  work 
and  their  time  so  as  to  make  a  most  determined  effort  to 
bring  their  performance  up  to  the  required  standard. 

B.  Suspension 

1.  A  student  who  obviously  fails  to  achieve  at  a  level 
commensurate  with  his  measured  ability  may  be  suspended 
for  at  least  one  semester. 

2.  A  student  suspended  for  academic  reasons  is  not 
eligible  for  reinstatement  for  at  least  one  semester,  prefer- 
ably two. 

3.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  to  Lebanon  Valley 
College  must  apply  in  writing  to  the  dean  of  the  faculty. 

4.  Students  suspended  for  academic  reasons  are  not 
permitted  to  register  for  work  in  the  auxiliary  schools  ex- 
cept for  the  most  compelling  reasons  and  then  only  with 
the  approval  of  the  registrar. 

5.  A  student  may  be  suspended  without  a  prior  period 
on  probation. 


6.  A  student  twice  suspended  for  academic  reasons 
shall  be  considered  for  readmission,  upon  application,  only 
if  the  following  conditions  are  fulfilled:  (a)  He  shall  present 
firm  evidence  of  renewed  interest  and  motivation,  (b)  He 
shall  have  completed  a  significant  amount  of  transferrable 
academic  work  at  an  accredited  institution  subsequent  to 
his  second  suspension,  (cl  He  shall  be  readmitted  on  pro- 
bationary status  on  recommendation  of  the  appropriate  ac- 
ademic department.  The  student  shall  achieve  at  such  a 
level  as  will  make  likely  the  successful  completion  of  this 
program  or  he  will  be  subject  to  dismissal. 

C.  Dismissal 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  is  not  eligi- 
ble for  readmission. 

D.  Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 

Official  withdrawal  from  the  college  is  accomplished 
only  by  the  completion  of  withdrawal  forms  obtained  from 
the  registrar.  This  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Application  for  readmission  will  be  considered  only  if 
the  formal  withdrawal  procedure  has  been  followed  at  the 
time  of  withdrawal. 

Class  Attendance 

Each  student  is  held  responsible  for  knowing  and 
meeting  all  requirements  for  each  course,  including  regular 
class  attendance.  Because  of  differences  in  various  disci- 
plines, specific  regulations  governing  class  attendance  are 
set  by  each  department,  approved  by  the  dean  of  the  faculty, 
and  administered  by  the  instructor.  At  the  opening  of  each 
course  the  instructor  will  clearly  inform  students  of  class 
attendance  regulations.  Violations  of  regulations  will  make 
the  student  liable  to  being  dropped  from  the  course  with  a 
failing  grade,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  instructor 
and  with  the  approval  of  the  registrar. 

In  case  of  a  short  absence  from  class  because  of  illness 
and  for  most  other  reasons,  the  student  speaks  directly  with 
the  instructor  concerning  the  absence,  whether  anticipated 
or  not,  even  if  an  examination  has  been  scheduled.  The 
student  informs  the  registrar  only  if  the  absence  could  not 
be  anticipated  and  the  period  of  absence  will  be  a  week  or 
more.  The  registrar  informs  faculty  members  of  students 
who  will  be  absent  from  classes  because  of  participation  in 
official  functions  of  the  college.  Students  on  academic  pro- 
bation are  permitted  only  excused  absences. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  students  from  the 
necessity  of  fulfilling  all  course  requirements. 

Hazing 

Hazing  is  strictly  prohibited.  Any  infringement  by 
members  of  other  classes  upon  the  personal  rights  of  fresh- 
men as  individuals  is  interpreted  as  hazing. 

Cars  and  Student  Parking 

All  cars  owned  or  operated  by  Lebanon  Valley  College 
students  must  be  registered.  Violations  of  established  park- 
ing regulations  will  result  in  fines  and  may  result  in  sus- 
pension or  revocation  of  parking  privileges. 


Admin.  Reg.     53 


Courses  of  Stucty 


COURSE  CREDIT 

The  number  of  credits  that  a  specific  course  carries  is  also  indicated  in  italics  at  the  end  of  the 
course  description.  Some  courses  carry  variable  credit.  Some  courses  carry  no  credit.  Some 
courses  require  both  classroom  and  laboratory  work.  Some  courses  may  be  taken  more  than 
once  for  credit  (i.e.,  most  independent  study  courses,  some  special  topics  courses,  and  others) 
and  are  so  indicated  in  italics  (e.g.,  1-3  credits  per  semester.  Maximum  of  9).  Students  should 
consult  registration  schedules  for  hour  requirements. 

FREQUENCY  OF  OFFERINGS 

Not  all  courses  are  offered  each  year.  Some  courses  are  offered  on  demand  only.  Students 
should  consult  registration  schedules  for  each  semester's  course  offerings. 


General  In- 
formation 


PREREQUISITES 

Some  courses  require  prerequisites  which  are  designated  in  italics  at  the  end  of  the  course 
description. 

SPECIAL  TOPICS 

All  departments  may  offer  Special  Topics  courses  in  their  curricula.  These  courses  are 
intended  to  enrich  the  departments'  programs  by  providing  opportunities  for  the  study  of 
subjects  which,  while  not  normally  dealt  with  in  regular  courses,  are  worthy  of  inclusion  in  a 
liberal  arts  education.  Since  the  content  and  credit  varies,  students  should  consult  a  registration 
schedule  to  ascertain  current  offerings. 

COURSE  NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

The  first  digit  of  the  course  number  indicates  the  academic  year  in  which  the  course  is 
normally  taken.  (A  first  digit  of  1  may  also  indicate  that  the  course  may  be  taken  by  freshmen 
even  though  it  is  usually  taken  by  sophomores,  juniors  or  seniors.)  A  first  digit  of  5  is  used  for 
courses  in  private  music  instruction  and  independent  study  courses.  Course  numbers  for  music 
organizations  begin  with  6. 

A  course  is  offered  in  the  first  semester  if  the  third  digit  is  an  odd  number,  in  the  second 
semester  if  it  is  an  even  number.  A  course  with  0  as  a  third  digit  is  a  one-semester  course  offered 
in  either  or  both  semesters. 

A  comma  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a  common  title  indicates  that  the  first 
course  (offered  in  the  first  semester)  is  a  prerequisite  to  the  second  course  (offered  in  the  second 
semester).  A  slash  ( / )  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a  common  title  indicates 
that  the  first  course  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  the  second  course. 


Accounting 

(See  Business  .Administration) 


Actuarial 
Science 

(See  Mathematical  Sciences) 


Ait 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Iskowitz  (Chmn.) 
Mr.  Uhl  (Adj.) 
Dr.  Wise  (Adj.) 


The  Art  Department,  although  not  constituted  as  a  department  offering  a  major,  is  committed 
to  providing  the  opportunity  and  the  environment  for  creative  expression  and  a  richer  under- 
standing of  man's  accomplishments  in  the  visual  arts.  Exposure  to  art  as  an  area  of  humanistic 
study  can  develop  qualities  of  insight,  imagination,  awareness,  organization,  self-discipline  and 
initiative  that  are  an  asset  to  the  individual  generally,  and  to  whatever  professional  career  a 
student  may  pursue. 

The  Art  Department  is  responsible,  along  with  student  committees  and  community  mem- 
bers, in  coordinating  the  annual  Spring  Arts  Festival  on  campus. 

The  monthly  College  Center  Art  Exhibit  series,  under  the  Art  Department's  aegis,  provides  a 
broad  exposure  to  artists  working  in  a  variety  of  styles  and  content. 

Courses  in  Art 

110.  Introduction  to  Art.  The  two  and  three  dimen- 
sional arts,  including  architecture,  are  analyzed  in  an  at- 
tempt to  understand  the  nature  of  art.  The  importance  of 
shaping  perception  is  stressed  to  show  how  the  observer 
plays  an  active  role  in  his  appreciation  of  art.  3  credits. 
140.  Drawing,  Painting  and  Printmaking.  Problems 
provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  develop  their  creative 
ability.  Knowledge  is  acquired  about  various  media,  tech- 
niques and  tools.  The  staff  reserves  the  right  to  select  one 
example  of  each  student's  work  for  its  permanent  collec- 
tion. Prerequisite:  Art  110.  3  credits. 
201.  Art  History  I,  Pre- history  through  the  Middle 
Ages.  Representative  examples  in  painting,  sculpture  and 
architecture  of  the  major  cultures  of  successive  historic 
periods  are  considered.  Stress  is  given  to  the  interaction  of 
factors  influencing  the  various  forms  of  visual  expressions. 
Prerequisite:  Art  110.  3  credits. 

203.  Art  History  II,  Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury. Study  of  the  major  forms  of  the  visual  arts  represen- 
tative of  the  Renaissance  and  succeeding  centuries  as  ex- 
pressed both  by  the  individual  and  major  schools.  These 
viewed  in  terms  of  degree  of  reflection  of  the  social,  ideo- 
logical, and  economic  foci  of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  Art 
110.  3  credits. 

401.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  Introduction  to 
creative  art  activity  for  children  in  elementary  school.  Top- 
ics covered  include  philosophical  concepts,  curriculum, 
evaluation  and  studio  activity  involving  a  variety  of  art  me- 
dia, techniques  and  processes.  3  credits. 


Biochemis- 
try 


Advisers: 

Dr.  Moe 
Dr.  Pollack 


The  major  in  biochemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  which  provides  an  opportunity  for 
interested  students  to  engage  in  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  chemical  basis  of  biological 
processes.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  advanced  study  in  medical,  dental,  and  other 
professional  schools,  for  graduate  programs  in  a  variety  of  areas  including  biochemistry,  clinical 
chemistry,  pharmacology,  molecular  biology,  genetics,  microbiology,  and  physiology,  and  for 
research  positions  in  industrial,  academic,  and  government  laboratories. 

Departmental  honors  may  be  taken  in  either  biology  or  chemistry. 


Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biochemistry. 

Major:  Biology  111.  112.  201. 202  and/or  307,  306,  401  (24  hours);  Biochemistry  421.  422, 
430,  480  (9  hours);  Chemistry  111.  112, 113,  114,  213,  214,  215.  216,  311.  312,  319.  323,  (29 
or  30  hours);  Mathematics  161, 162  or  166  (6  hours);  Physics  103  or  111.  104  or  112  (8  hours). 

Courses  in  Biochemistry 

421,  422.  Biochemistry  I,  II.  A  course  in  the  physical 
and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems.  Prerequisites:  Chem- 
istry 214.  216.  and  312  or  approval  of  the  departmental 
chairmen.  3  credits  per  semester. 
430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  Investigations  of  the 
properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and 
lipids.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214.  216.  1  credit. 


480.  Biochemistry  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions, 
and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biochemistry.  1  credit. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Intensive  library'  and  labora- 
tory study  of  relevant  research  problems  in  the  area  of 
biochemistry.  Prerequisites  or  corequisites:  Chemistry  311. 
312.  and  the  consent  of  the  departmental  chairmen.  2-3 
credits  per  semester  (Maximum  of  91. 


The  aims  of  the  program  for  biology  majors  are  1 )  to  provide  students  with  a  thorough 
understanding  of  the  principles  of  biology  and  background  in  disciplines  basic  to  biology;  2)  to 
develop  in  students  skills  in  the  application  of  the  scientific  method  and  in  the  retrieval  and 
communication  of  technical  information;  and,  3)  to  provide  preparation  for  students  interested 
in  graduate,  professional  and  medical  programs. 

The  department  believes  that  a  student,  well  trained  in  all  areas  of  science  and  having  an 
understanding  of  mathematical  methods,  chemical  techniques  and  biological  theory,  has  the 
best    chance    for    success    in    gaining    employment   and/or    pursuing    graduate    work. 

Graduates  of  the  department  have  entered  professional  schools  of  the  health  professions,  as 
well  as  graduate  schools  with  programs  in  anatomy,  hospital  management,  various  ecology 
concentrations  and  wildlife  management,  to  name  a  few.  Graduates  of  the  environmental  biology 
concentrations  are  employed  in  the  areas  of  marine  biologv,  waste  water  analysis  and  environ- 
mental impact  analysis.  Graduate  schools  represented  include  Cornell.  Clemson,  Duke,  Univer- 
sity of  Georgia,  Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Sciences  and  many  others. 

Students  who  do  not  attend  graduate  or  professional  school  find  employment  in  university 
and  medical  research  laboratories,  aquaculture  programs,  ecological  consulting  firms,  environ- 
mental educational  centers,  pharmaceutical  firms,  quality'  control  in  laboratories  in  industry, 
private  and  public  education,  veterinary  laboratories,  and  state  and  federal  environmental  control 
agencies. 

PROFESSIONAL  AND  PRE-PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 

Specific  professional  and  preprofessional  programs  are  available  which  can  be  entered  before  or 
after  a  typical  freshman  year  as  a  biology  major.  A  list  of  these  programs  together  with  the 
degrees  and  majors  follow. 

Cooperative  Programs:  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
biology  and  MF  or  MEM.  Medical  Technology:  B.S.  in  Medical  Technology  degree.  Nuclear 
Medicine  Technology:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  nuclear  medicine  technology.  Podiatry:  B.S. 
degree  with  a  major  in  biology,  and  DPM. 

Environmental  Biology:  Botany  and  zoology,  ecology,  and  marine  biology.  B.S.  degree  with 
a  major  in  biology. 


Biology 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Henninger 
Dr.  Pollack 
Dr.  Verhoek 
Dr.  Williams 
Dr.WolflChmn.) 
Dr.  Wolfe 


Biology    57 


Health  Professions:  Dentistry.  Medicine,  Optometry,  Osteopathy,  Pharmacy,  Podiatry  and 
Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology  (or  other  major). 

Nursing:  A  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  A  program  accredited  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Penn- 
sylvania is  available.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

INTERNSHIPS 

Internships  with  qualified  professionals  in  a  student's  area  of  interest  are  taken  under  Bi  451/ 
452,  Special  Topics  I,  II.  Currently,  positions  are  available  in  conservation,  environmental  edu- 
cation, veterinary  medicine,  and  water  quality  control.  Additional  internships  may  be  developed 
upon  demand. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Major:  Biology  111,  112,  201,  302  or  307,  411  or  412;  one  course  each  in  the  general  areas 
of  physiology,  cellular  and  subcellular  biology,  and  morphology;  and  four  additional  hours  of 
biology  for  a  minimum  of  33  hours.  Also  required  are  two  years  of  chemistry;  Physics  103, 104, 
or  111,  112:  and  Mathematics  161  or  111. 


58    Biology 


Courses  in  Biology 

101/102.  Introduction  to  Biology  I,  II.  These  courses, 
designed  for  the  non-science  major,  place  emphasis  on  the 
mastery  of  certain  biological  principles  which  are  inherent 
in  living  material.  These  principles  are  then  applied  to  spe- 
cific organisms  with  special  stress  placed  on  the  study  of 
human  biology.  The  laboratory  includes  exercises  in  anat- 
omy, physiology,  embryology,  genetics,  and  ecology.  Unless 
otherwise  noted.  Biology  1111112  are  prerequisites  for  all 
courses  beyond  the  Biology  112  level.  3  credits  per  semes- 
ter. 

111/112.  General  Biology  I,  II.  A  rigorous  study  of 
basic  biological  principles  at  the  cellular,  organismal  and 
population  levels.  4  credits  per  semester. 

201.  Genetics.  A  study  of  the  principles,  mechanisms 
and  concepts  of  classical  and  molecular  genetics.  The  labo- 
ratory stresses  the  demonstration  of  the  key  concepts  of 
heredity  utilizing  both  a  classical  and  molecular  approach. 
Prerequisites:  Biology  111  and  one  year  of  chemistry.  4 
credits. 

202.  Animal  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  principles  of 
vertebrate  body  function.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs  perform  their  func- 
tions and  the  interaction  of  the  various  organs  in  maintain- 
ing total  body  function.  Prerequisites:  Biology  101  or  112. 
4  credits. 

302.  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.  The  development 
and  diversity  of  plants  and  the  relationships  between  them. 
Field  and  laboratory  work  will  familiarize  the  student  with 
the  morphology  of  plants  and  with  the  identification  of 
flowering  plants  in  the  local  flora.  Prerequisite:  Biology  112 
or  permission  of  instructor.  4  credits. 


304.  Developmental  Biology.  The  study  of  basic  de- 
scriptive phenomena  in  the  development  of  typical  inverte- 
brate and  vertebrate  embryos  will  be  extended  into  consid- 
eration of  modern  embryological  problems.  4  credits. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique.  Mi- 
croscopic anatomy  of  vertebrate  tissues  illustrating  basic 
tissue  similarities  and  specialization  in  relation  to  function. 
The  laboratory  work  includes  the  preparation  of  slides  util- 
izing routine  histological  and  histochemical  techniques.  4 
credits. 


306.  Microbiology.  A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiol- 
ogy, and  biochemistry  of  representative  microorganisms. 
Prerequisite:  Three  semesters  of  chemistry.  4  credits. 

307.  Plant  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  functioning  of 
plants  with  emphasis  on  vascular  plants.  Prerequisite:  Three 
semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  4 
credits. 

308.  Comparative  Chordate  Anatomy.  The  compara- 
tive anatomy  of  chordates  with  particular  attention  given 
to  the  correlation  of  structure  to  habitat.  Laboratory  work 
involves  dissection  and  demonstration  of  representative 
chordates.  4  credits. 

309.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.  The  fundamental  con- 
cepts of  ecology  are  examined  with  emphasis  placed  on  the 
interaction  between  organisms  and  their  biological  and 
physical  environment  in  selected  ecosystems — freshwater, 
marine,  and  terrestrial.  4  credits. 

400.  Internship.  Provides  on-site  research  and  study  op- 
portunities in  medical  research,  veterinary  medicine  and 
applied  ecology  (conservation,  forestry,  and  water  quality 
control).  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  staff.  1-4  credits 
per  semester. 

401.  Cell  Physiology.  The  functioning  of  cells.  Energet- 
ics, mechanisms  and  control  of  cell  transport,  metabolism, 
and  irritability.  Includes  biological  rhythms  and  photophy- 
siology.  Prerequisite:  Three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  Representatives  of  most  of 
the  invertebrate  phyla  are  studied  with  a  phylogenetic  ap- 
proach, concentrating  on  movement,  metabolism,  infor- 


mation and  control,  reproduction  and  association  between 
animals.  4  credits. 

409.  Quantitative  Ecology.  An  intense  study  of  basic 
ecological  processes  emphasizing  quantitative  field  work  at 
population  and  community  levels  in  selected  freshwater, 
marine  and  terrestrial  ecosystems.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

411/412.  Biology  Seminar  I,  II.  Reading,  discussions, 
and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biology.  1  or  2  credits  per 
semester. 

451/452.  Special  Problems  I,  II.  Provides  a  range  of 
topics  for  individual  students  with  special  interests  not  cov- 
ered in  formal  courses.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
staff.  1-3  credits  per  semester. 

453/454.  Special  Topics  in  Nursing  I,  II.  Research 
and  a  detailed  report  on  a  topic  of  interest  relating  to  the 
nursing  profession.  Topics  may  include  aspects  of  special 
types  of  nursing  health  care,  the  epidemiology  of  a  partic- 
ular disease,  mental  disorders,  social  issues  in  health  care, 
or  any  other  pertinent  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  instructor.  1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  6). 
500.  Independent  Study.  Limited  to  students  majoring 
in  biology  who  have  had  ample  courses  in  the  department 
and  whose  records  indicate  that  they  can  be  encouraged  to 
take  part  in  research  or  can  work  independently  on  re- 
search problems  in  which  they  have  a  special  interest.  Bi- 
ology 500  may  lead  to  departmental  honors  for  qualified 
students.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  staff.  1-3  credits  per 
semester.  (Maximum  of  91. 


In  keeping  with  the  aim  of  the  college,  the  Department  of  Business  Administration's  program 
of  study  is  designed  to  provide  majors  in  accounting,  business  administration,  and  economics 
with  a  broad  liberal  education,  so  that  graduates  of  the  department  will  play  a  more  active  role  in 
the  changing  world  of  ideas  and  actions,  coupled  with  a  sound  and  integrated  knowledge  of  the 
essential  principles  and  problems  of  accounting,  business  administration  and  economics. 

Regardless  of  major,  a  set  of  core  courses  is  required  for  all,  so  that  everyone  will  have  a 
common  framework  of  reference  as  well  as  common  tools  of  analysis  to  pursue  special  interests 
within  their  particular  major.  The  department  offers  three  majors:  accounting — a  tool  for 
analyzing  business  performance  and  making  practical  management  decisions;  business  admin- 
istration— a  study  to  prepare  for  making  management  decisions  and  to  gain  an  understanding 
of  contemporary  business  practices;  and  economics — a  theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  the 
economic  well-being  of  mankind  and  society  in  terms  of  stable  growth  in  real  income,  full 
employment,  and  optimum  allocation  of  resources. 

Classroom  experience  is  supplemented  by  various  major-related  activities  including  an  annual 
field  trip  for  departmental  upperclassmen  to  New  York  and  Washington  financial  and  business 


Business  Ad- 
ministration 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Fbeller 
Dr.  FVev  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  A.  Heffner 
Dr.  Reidy 
Mr.  Seitz 
Mr.  Stone 
Dr.  Tom 


Business  Admin.     59 


centers;  internships  for  qualified  upperclassmen  in  local  business  and  industry;  and  special 
projects  involving  both  primary  and  secondary  research  methods  as  well  as  computer  assisted 
instruction. 

Majors  in  accounting  can  look  forward  to  professions  in  the  areas  of  public  accounting,  taxes, 
government,  banking,  financial  analysis,  corporate  accounting,  not-for-profit  accounting,  teach- 
ing, consulting,  and  systems  analysis. 

Majors  in  business  administration  may  seek  employment  in  consulting,  retailing,  productive 
management,  government,  wholesale  and  distribution,  advertising,  transportation,  and  teach- 
ing. 

Majors  in  economics  anticipate  careers  in  government,  banking,  public  utilities,  teaching, 
and  industry. 

A  number  of  graduates  of  all  three  majors  attend  graduate  and  professional  schools,  and  work 
in  a  variety  of  businesses  and  industry  including  Aetna  Life  Insurance.  DuPont,  Reliance  Insur- 
ance, and  AMP,  Inc.  Other  students  work  for  a  number  of  small  accounting  firms,  banks,  family- 
owned  businesses  or  are  self-employed. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting  or  business  administration  or  economics. 

Majors:  (Core  Courses)  Accounting  151,  152;  Business  Administration  180;  Economics 
110,  120,  201,  222;  Accounting  or  Business  Administration  or  Economics  490;  a  Computer/ 
Computer  Applications  course;  Mathematics  160, 170;  and  English  215. 

(Accounting  or  Business  Administration)  Core  courses  plus  Business  Administration 
361  and  15  additional  credits  in  the  particular  major  area  for  a  minimum  of  54  hours. 

(Economics)  Core  courses  plus  Economics  203  and  15  additional  credits  in  the  major  area 
for  a  minimum  of  54  hours. 


60    Business  Admin. 


Courses  in  Accounting. 

151.  Principles  of  Financial  Accounting.  A  begin- 
ning course  in  accounting.  Common  business  transactions 
are  recorded  in  various  journals  and  summarized  in  general 
and  subsidiary  ledgers.  The  effects  of  these  transactions  are 
reported  in  classified  financial  statements.  3  credits. 

152.  Principles  of  Managerial  Accounting.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  on  the  accumulation  and  analysis  of  financial 
data  for  management  purposes.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
151.  3  credits. 

251.  Intermediate  Accounting  I.  An  advanced  course 
in  accounting  principles  stressing  statement  presentation 
and  valuation  problems  in  presenting  assets,  liabilities,  and 
stockholders'  equity  on  the  statements.  Prerequisite:  Ac- 
counting 152.  3  credits. 

252.  Intermediate  Accounting  II.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  analysis  of  financial  statements,  effects  of  error  on 
statements,  preparation  of  funds  flow  statements,  and  price 
level  adjustments.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  251.  3  credits. 
351.  Advanced  Accounting.  Includes  a  study  of  part- 
nerships, installment  sales,  consignment  sales,  home/branch 
office  relationships,  business  combinations,  special  prob- 
lems of  consolidations,  foreign  subsidiaries  and  branches, 
and  fiduciary  accounting.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  252.  3 
credits. 


352.  Government  and  Non-Profit  Accounting.  Basic- 
concepts  of  fund  and  budgetary  accounting  used  to  account 
for  the  financial  activities  of  federal,  state,  and  local  govern- 
ment units  and  systems  for  achieving  accounting  and  ad- 
ministrative controls  for  service  organizations,  such  as  hos- 
pitals, educational  institutions,  and  other  non-profit  or- 
ganizations. Prerequisite:  Accounting  152.  3  credits. 
400.  Internship.  Field  experience  in  a  business,  govern- 
ment or  other  organization  in  some  area  of  accounting. 
Ordinarily  a  few  juniors  will  be  chosen  for  the  available 
internships  by  the  departmental  faculty.  3-9  credits. 

451.  Individual  Income  lax  Accounting.  Analysis  of 
the  federal  income  tax  laws  as  they  apply  to  individuals; 
case  problems,  preparation  of  returns.  Prerequisite:  Ac- 
counting 152.  3  credits. 

452.  Corporate  Income  Tax  Accounting.  Analysis  of 
the  federal  income  tax  laws  as  they  apply  to  corporations, 
partnerships  and  fiduciaries;  case  problems,  preparation  of 
returns.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  451.  3  credits. 

453.  Cost  Accounting.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  costing 
for  planning  and  control,  including  cost-volume-profit 
analysis,  budgeting  and  inventory  control.  Prerequisite:  Ac- 
counting 152.  3  credits. 

454.  Advanced  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  capital  budgeting,  standard 


costing,  relevant  costs,  joint  and  by-product  costing.  Pre- 
requisite: Accounting  453.  3  credits. 
455.  Auditing.  Involves  a  study  of  professional  ethics  and 
legal  responsibilities  of  public  accountants,  generally  ac- 
cepted accounting  principles,  and  auditing  procedures.  Pre- 
requisite: Accounting  252.  3  credits. 
490.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  A  capstone 
course  involving  a  computer  simulation  that  integrates  the 
concepts  of  accounting,  economics,  and  business  adminis- 
tration. Financial  statement  preparation  is  an  essential  seg- 
ment of  the  course.  Required  of  all  accounting  majors. 
Prerequisites:  Business  Administration  361.  Accounting 
252.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  students 
in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other  qualified 
students  who  wish  to  undertake  the  independent  study  in 
a  specific  area  of  accounting.  1-6  credits. 

Courses  in  Business  Administration 

100.  Introduction  to  Business.  An  orientation  to  the 
nature  and  environment  of  business,  its  structure,  organi- 
zation, functions  and  opportunities.  Provides  an  integrated 
framework  for  further  study  in  accounting,  finance,  mar- 
keting, and  management.  (Sot  open  to  seniors.)  3  credits. 
180.  Principles  of  Management.  A  study  of  the  pro- 
cess of  utilizing  and  coordinating  all  available  resources  in 
order  to  achieve  the  objectives  of  a  business,  governmental, 
educational,  social,  or  religious  organization.  Includes  dis- 
cussions and  cases  on  decision  making,  planning,  organiz- 
ing, staffing,  motivation,  leadership,  control,  and  commu- 
nication. 3  credits. 

241.  Insurance  I.  Insurance  principles  and  coverages 
available  for  the  protection  of  property  and  liability  losses, 
fidelity  and  surety  bonding.  3  credits. 

242.  Insurance  II.  Introduction  to  principles  and  meth- 
ods of  handling  business  and  personal  risks  with  emphasis 
on  life,  health,  and  social  insurance  techniques.  3  credits. 
250.  Real  Estate  I.  Examination  of  real  estate  and  the 
market  forces  affecting  it;  finance,  sales  and  brokerage  op- 
erations. 3  credits. 

280.  Small  Business  Administration.  The  pros  and 
cons  of  a  small  business,  including  the  legal  and  tax  rami- 
fications. Prerequisites:  Accounting  152.  Business  Admin- 
istration 180.  3  credits. 

282.  Marketing.  A  study  of  the  marketing  system  within 
an  economy  in  terms  of  an  efficient  use  of  resources  and 
the  distribution  from  producers  to  consumers  according  to 
the  objectives  of  the  society;  performance  of  business  activ- 
ities to  direct  the  flow  of  goods  and  services  to  satisfy 
customer  needs.  Includes  market  research,  product  devel- 
opment, packaging,  distribution,  promotional  activities, 
sales  management,  and  price  policy.  To  bridge  the  gap  be- 
tween the  understanding  and  the  application  of  marketing 
principles,  students  are  required  to  prepare  and  discuss  a 
number  of  cases  pertaining  to  some  specific  areas  of  mar- 
keting. Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  180.  3  cred- 
its. 


290.  Personnel  Administration.  Examination  of  the 
problems  in  effectively  selecting,  utilizing,  developing,  and 
managing  human  resources  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  total 
organization.  Prerequisites:  Business  Administration  180. 
3  credits. 

350.  Behavioral  Theory  in  Management.  A  detailed 
study  of  organizational  behavior  theories  and  models  with 
an  emphasis  upon  the  practical  application  of  these  models 
toward  improving  individual,  group  and  organizational  per- 
formance. 3  credits. 

361.  Corporation  Finance.  A  study  of  financial  man- 
agement covering  analysis  of  asset,  liability  and  capital  re- 
lationships and  operations;  management  of  current  assets, 
working  capital,  cash,  liquid  assets,  receivables,  inventory; 
capital  planning  and  budgeting:  capital  structure  and  divi- 
dend policy;  short  and  intermediate  term  financing;  long 
term  financing,  external  and  internal;  mergers  and  acqui- 
sitions; multinational  operations;  and  corporate  failures  and 
liquidation.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  152.  3  credits. 

362.  Investments.  Development  and  role  of  investment 
and  its  relation  to  other  economic,  legal,  and  social  insti- 
tutions. Includes  discussion  of  investment  principles,  ma- 
chinery, policy,  and  management;  types  of  investment,  and 
the  development  of  portfolios  for  individuals  and  institu- 
tions. Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  361.  3  credits. 
371/372.  Business  Law  I,  II.  Elementary  principles  of 
law  as  they  relate  to  the  field  of  business.  Contracts,  agency, 
employment,  commercial  paper,  personal  property,  sales, 
security,  devices,  insurance,  partnerships,  corporation,  real 
estate,  estates,  bankruptcy,  and  government  regulations  are 
discussed.  3  credits  per  semester. 


Business  Admin.     61 


62    Business  Admin. 


376.  International  Business  Management.  A  study 
of  the  management  techniques  and  procedures  necessary 
in  international  and  multinational  organizations.  Prerequi- 
site: BA  282.  3  credits. 

381.  Marketing  Management.  Market-oriented  prob- 
lems of  firms;  identification  and  selection  of  market  oppor- 
tunities; formulation  of  competitive  strategies;  marketing 
policies  and  programs.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administra- 
tion 282.  3  credits. 

384.  Marketing  Research.  Research  in  the  marketing 
decision-making  process.  Scientific  method,  problem  delin- 
eation, research  design,  data  collection  techniques,  product 
development.  Prerequisite:  Business  Administration  282.  3 
credits. 

386.  Principles  of  Advertising  and  Retail  Manage- 
ment. A  promotional  tool  in  marketing,  creative  elements, 
media,  effectiveness,  integration  within  the  marketing  plan. 
Analysis  of  retail  institutions  with  regard  to  market  struc- 
ture, merchandise  selection,  locational  selection,  competi- 
tive factors  and  marketing  strategy.  Prerequisite:  Business 
Administration  282.  3  credits. 

393.  Operations  Management.  Methods  for  analyzing 
alternatives  aimed  at  optimizing  scarce  resources.  Empha- 
sis in  standards,  measures,  processes,  and  systems.  Prereq- 
uisite: Economics  222.  3  credits. 

400.  Internship.  Field  experience  in  a  business,  govern- 
ment or  other  organization  in  some  area  of  business  admin- 
istration. Ordinarily  a  few  juniors  will  be  chosen  for  the 
available  internships  by  the  departmental  faculty.  3-9  cred- 
its. 

450.  Business  Strategy.  A  capstone  course  to  enable 
the  mature  student  to  interpret  business  policies  and  strat- 
egies in  light  of  the  larger  environment  and  demands  of 
profitability,  social  responsibility  and  individual  rights  as 
required  in  the  successful  management  of  a  company,  in- 
stitution or  organization.  3  credits, 
490.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  Reading,  dis- 
cussion, and  research  in  business  administration  under  the 
direction  and  supervision  of  the  departmental  staff.  Re- 
quired of  all  business  administration  majors.  Prerequisite: 
Business  Administration  361.  3  credits  per  semester. 
500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  students 
in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other  qualified 
students  who  wish  to  undertake  independent  study  in  a 
specific  area  of  business  administration.  1-6  credits  per 
semester. 


Courses  in  Economics 

110.  Principles  of  Economics  I.  An  introductory  study 

of  economic  principles  and  the  American  economy  with 

emphasis  on  the  elementary  concepts  of  national  income, 

price  level,  business  fluctuations,  banking  activities,  money 

supply,  and  economic  growth.  3  credits. 

120.   Principles  of  Economics  II.  An  introductory' 

study  of  economic  principles  and  the  American  economy 


with  emphasis  on  the  elementary  concepts  of  consumption 
function,  production  function,  product  pricing,  factor  pric- 
ing, resource  allocation,  labor  economics,  public  finance, 
and  international  economics.  3  credits. 
130.  Economics  of  Public  Issues.  A  survey  and  eco- 
nomic analysis  of  public  issues.  3  credits. 
181.  Consumer  Behavior.  A  study  of  the  reciprocal 
effects  of  economics  and  behavior  with  particular  emphasis 
upon  motivational  factors  in  economic  behavior.  3  credits. 
201.   Microeconomic  Analysis.   Economic  decision- 
making of  firms  and  resource  allocation  of  an  economy;  a 
core  course  studying  tools  of  analysis  for  students  in  eco- 
nomics, business,  accounting,  and  related  areas  or  disci- 
plines. 3  credits. 

203.  Macroeconomic  Analysis.  Theoretical  and  empir- 
ical study  of  national  income  and  business  cycles.  3  credits. 
222.  Quantitative  Methods.  Development  and  applica- 
tion of  mathematical  concepts  and  statistical  methods  to 
the  analysis  of  theory  and  the  resolution  of  problems  in 
economics  and  business  administration.  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  math  courses  satisfactory  to  the  Department. 
301.  Labor  Economics  and  Industrial  Relations. 
Theoretical  analysis  of  labor  market  functioning  including 
impact  of  unionism,  government  policy,  demographic  trends, 
etc.:  human  capital  theory;  measurement  of  the  labor  force 
and  data  sources;  history  of  the  American  labor  movement; 
U.S.  legislation  affecting  industrial  relations;  collective  bar- 
gaining process  and  the  system  of  industrial  jurisprudence. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  201  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

312.  Money  and  Banking.  Nature  and  functions  of 
money  and  credit.  Development  and  role  of  commercial 
banking  and  central  banking.  Structure  and  functions  of 
the  Federal  Reserve  System.  Monetary  and  banking  theory, 
policy,  and  practice.  Influence  on  prices,  level  of  income 
and  employment  and  economic  stability  and  progress.  3 
credits. 

321.  Public  Finance.  Revenues  and  expenditures  and 
economic  functioning  of  the  federal,  state,  and  local  gov- 
ernments; principles  of  taxation-shifting,  incidence,  and 
burden:  influence  on  incentives,  income  distribution,  and 
resource  allocation;  economic  and  social  aspects  of  public 
spending:  budgetary  control  and  debt  management;  fiscal 
policy  and  economic  stability.  3  credits. 
332.  International  Economics.  A  study  of  theories  and 
empirical  analysis  of  international  trade:  capital  movement; 
mechanism  for  attaining  equilibrium;  economic  policies 
such  as  tariff,  quota,  monetary  standards  and  exchange 
rate,  state  trading,  cartel,  and  other  international  economic 
agreements.  3  credits. 

400.  Internship.  Field  experience  in  a  business,  govern- 
ment or  other  organization  in  some  area  of  economics. 
Ordinarily,  a  few  juniors  will  be  chosen  for  the  available 
internships  by  the  departmental  faculty.  3-9  credits. 

401.  History  of  Economic  Thought.  The  evolution  of 
economic  thought  through  the  principal  schools  from  mer- 


cantilism  to  the  present.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the 
analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value,  wages,  interest, 
rent,  profit,  price  level,  business  cycles,  and  employment, 
and  to  the  influences  of  earlier  economic  ideas  upon  cur- 
rent thinking  and  policy-making.  3  credits. 
411.  Economic  Growth  and  Development.  Analysis 
of  classical  and  modern  theories  and  models  of  economic 
growth;  study  of  theory  and  implications  of  alternative  de- 
velopment policies.  3  credits. 


490.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  Reading,  dis- 
cussion, and  research  in  economics  under  the  direction 
and  supervision  of  the  departmental  staff.  Required  of  all 
economics  majors.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201  or  202.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  students 
in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other  qualified 
students  who  wish  to  undertake  independent  study  in  a 
specific  area  of  economics.  1-6  credits  per  semester. 


The  aims  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  to  provide  students  majoring  in  chemistry  with 
rigorous  training  in  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  chemistry. 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers  two  degrees  for  students  who  major  in  chemistry:  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  chemistry  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  chemistry 
degree  which  meets  the  requirements  of  the  American  Chemical  Society  for  the  training  of 
chemists  for  industry  and  for  advanced  study  in  chemistry.  Both  degree  programs  offer  the 
necessary  preparation  for  students  to  become  industrial  chemists;  to  enter  masters  and  doctor- 
ate programs  in  chemistry  and  related  fields:  to  enroll  in  professional  schools  of  medicine, 
dentistry,  optometry,  osteopathic  medicine,  or  podiatry;  or  to  teach  chemistry. 

The  chemistry  courses  are  designed  to  present  the  interaction  of  theoretical  and  experimental 
chemistry.  In  all  laboratory  courses,  special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  use  of  instrumentation 
including  extensive  instruction  in  computer  programming  and  interfacing.  A  required  indepen- 
dent study  course  for  senior  chemistry  majors  is  designed  for  the  investigation  of  basic  or  applied 
research  problems  involving  both  library  research  and  laboratory  work.  Opportunities  are  avail- 
able for  all  students  to  do  additional  laboratory  work  in  conjunction  with  their  chemistry 
courses. 

During  their  college  careers,  students  have  many  opportunities  to  work  independently.  Some 
students  participate  in  research  programs  funded  by  such  organizations  as  the  Petroleum 
Research  Fbnd  or  Research  Corporation.  These  students  often  become  coauthors  on  research 
papers  published  in  the  chemical  journals  in  addition  to  presenting  papers  at  student  research 
conferences. 

There  are  also  opportunities  for  some  students  to  gain  practical  work  experience  in  local 
industries  such  as  Alcoa  and  Michter  Distilleries.  Such  experience  during  college  prepares 


Chemistry 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Bell 

Dr.  Dahlberg 

Dr.  Moe 

Dr.  Neidig  (Chmn.) 


Christian 
Education 


(See  Religion) 


students  for  entering  industry  and  government  service  upon  graduation.  Recent  graduates  have 
accepted  positions  with  such  industries  as  General  Electric,  American  Cyanamid,  Borg-Warner, 
and  Sterling  Drugs. 

Our  graduates  have  also  enrolled  in  such  institutions  as  Temple  University  Medical  School, 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathy,  the  School  of  Medicine  of  the 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Dental  School,  Philadelphia  School  of 
Pharmacy,  the  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Philadelphia  College  of  Podiatry. 

Graduate  programs  in  which  recent  chemistry  graduates  have  enrolled  include  Arizona  State 
University  (physical  chemistry),  Drexel  University  (inorganic  chemistry),  Indiana  University  at 
Bloomington  (organic),  Lehigh  University,  Michigan  State  University,  Ohio  State  University  and 
University  of  Florida  (biochemistry),  Northwestern  University  (business  administration,  physical 
chemistry),  Pennsylvania  State  University  (environmental  engineering),  Purdue  University  (an- 
alytical chemistry),  University  of  California  at  Berkeley  (physical  chemistry),  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Los  Angeles  (computer  science),  University  of  Maryland  (environmental  chemistry), 
University  of  Pennsylvania  (physical  chemistry  and  biochemistry),  University  of  Pittsburgh 
(biochemistry  and  forensic  chemistry),  and  the  University  of  Wisconsin  (theoretical  mathemat- 
ics). 

Degrees:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  chemistry.  B.S.  in  Chemistry  degree  (American 
Chemical  Society  certification) 

Msu'or:  Chemistry  111  (or  115H),  112,  113,  114,  200,  213,  214,  216,  311,  312,  314,  315, 
316,  319,  321,  322,  and  four  hours  of  500;  Mathematics  161,  162;  Physics  111  and  112  for  a 
total  of  53  hours. 

B.S.  in  Chemistry  (certified  by  the  American  Chemical  Society):  Chemistry  111,  (or  115H), 
112, 113,  114,  200,  213,  214,  216,  311,  312,  314,  315,  316,  319,  321,  322,  411,  412,  413,  414, 
and  4  hours  of  500;  Mathematics  161, 162;  Physics  111  and  112  for  a  total  of  65  hours. 

Courses  in  Chemistry 

101.  Chemistry  as  Science  and  Technology.  A  semi-  spectively.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Chemistry  111  and/ 
quantitative  presentation  of  the  basic  concepts  of  chemistry        or  112.  1  credit  per  semester. 

designed  to  give  the  student  some  understanding  of  the  200.  Special  Topics.  Designed  for  those  students  who 

role  of  chemistry  as  science  and  technology  in  society  today  have  a  special  need  for  a  laboratory,  lecture,  and/or  reading 

and  tomorrow.  3  credits.  experience  involving  content  and/or  approach  significantly 

102.  Chemistry,  The  Individual,  and  Society.  The  different  from  the  course  offerings  of  the  department.  Open 
course  will  attempt  to  show  the  relationship  of  chemistry'  to  any  student  with  permission  of  staff  of  the  department, 
to  other  disciplines,  as  well  as  to  government  and  politics.  1-3  credits. 

A  problem  or  question  would  be  presented,  and  facts  and  213,  214.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II.  An  introduction 

information  from  pertinent  disciplines  brought  to  bear  to  to  the  structure,  nomenclature,  and  properties  of  the  major 

enable  the  students  to  reach  a  rational  solution.  3  credits.  d3&ies,  of  organic  compounds  with  emphasis  on  the  prin- 

103.  104.  Experimental  Chemistry.  Laboratory  course  cjpies  and  reaction  mechanisms  describing  their  behavior, 
to  accompany  101  and  102  respectively.  Prerequisite  or  cor-  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  112.  4  credits  first  semester,  3 
equisite:  Chemistry  101  and/or  102.  1  credit  per  semester.  credits  second  semester. 

Ill,  112.  Principles  of  Chemistry  I,  II.  A  systematic  215,  2J6.  Laboratory  Investigations  I,  II.  Investiga 

study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  chem-  tions  of  methods  of  synthesis  and  analysis  of  organic  com- 

istry.  4  credits  per  semester.  pounds  including  some  physical-organic  studies.  Prerequi- 

113,  114.  Introductory  Laboratory  Investigations  site:  Chemistry  213.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  214.  1  or  2 

64     Chemistry  I,  II.  Laboratory  courses  to  accompany  111  and  112  re-  credits. 


311,  312.  Physical  Chemistry  I,  II.  A  course  in  the 
physical  theories  of  matter  and  their  applications  to  sys- 
tems of  variable  composition.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214, 
Mathematics  162,  and  Physics  112.  3  credits  per  semester. 

314.  Instrumental  Analysis.  A  consideration  of  the  use 
of  instrumental  analytical  methods  including  spectropho- 
tometric,  electroanalytical,  coulometry,  and  polargraphy. 
Prerequisites:  Chemistry  311  and  319.  Corequisite:  Chem- 
istry 312.  3  credits. 

315,  316.  Laboratory  Investigations  II,  III.  Use  of 
instrumental  techniques  for  investigating  chemical  sys- 
tems. Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214  and  216.  Corequisites: 
Chemistry  311,  312.  1  credit  per  semester. 

319.  Chemical  Equilibria.  A  rigorous  mathematical  de- 
scription of  the  role  of  a  chemical  equilibrium  in  chemical 
systems  emphasizing  reactions  involving  ionic  substances 
and    using    modern    analytical    methods.    Prerequisites: 
Chemistry  214  and  216.  4  credits. 
321,    322.    Laboratory    Investigations    IV,    V. 
Physical-chemical  investigations  of  chemical  systems.  Cor- 
equisite: Chemistry  311  or  312.  1  credit  per  semester. 
323.  Chemical  Equilibria  Laboratory.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  application  of  equilibrium  concepts  to  chemical 
systems.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  319.  1  credit. 
411,  412.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II.  An 
advanced  course  applying  theoretical  principles  to  the  un- 
derstanding of  the  descriptive  chemistry  of  the  elements. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  312.  3  credits  per  semester. 

413.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry.  A  study  of  ad- 
vanced topics  in  analytical  chemistry.  Prerequisites:  Chem- 
istry 312  and  314.  3  credits. 

414.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  A  consideration  of 
the  structure  of  organic  compounds  and  the  mechanisms 


of  homogeneous  organic  reactions.  Prerequisites:  Chemis- 
try 214,  216,  and  312.  3  credits. 

421,  422.  Biochemistry  I,  II.  A  course  in  the  physical 
and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems.  Prerequisites:  Chem- 
istry 214,  216,  and  312  or  approval  of  the  departmental 
chairman.  3  credits  per  semester. 

425.  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis.  Presentation  of 
the  principles  and  methods  of  organic  analysis.  Prerequi- 
sites: Chemistry  214  and  216.  2  credits. 

426.  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry.  A  presentation  of 
advanced  topics  in  chemistry  from  such  areas  as  quantum 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  and  kinetics.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  312.  3  credits. 

430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  Investigations  of  the 
properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and 
lipids.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214  and 216.  1  credit. 
480.  Biochemistry  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions, 
and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biochemistry.  1  credit. 
490.  Internship.  Supervised  chemistry  laboratory  exper- 
ience in  an  industry,  government  agency,  or  hospital.  Par- 
ticipants will  be  selected  by  members  of  the  department. 
Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  322.  1-6  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Intensive  library  and  labora- 
tory study  of  special  interest  to  advanced  students  in  the 
major  areas  of  chemistry.  For  students  majoring  in  bio- 
chemistry, intensive  library  and  laboratory'  study  of  relevant 
research  problems  in  the  area  of  biochemistry.  For  students 
preparing  for  secondary  school  teaching,  the  emphasis  is 
placed  on  methods  of  teaching  chemistry.  Prerequisites: 
Chemistry  311,  312,  and  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of 
the  department.  2  or  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of 
9  for  students  in  honors  program). 


Courses  in  computer  programming  are  offered  for  the  student  who  may  need  to  use  the 
college  PDP  11/70  computer  in  courses  in  business,  mathematics  and  the  sciences. 

Courses  in  Computer  Programming 

110.  Introduction  to  Timesharing.  5  weeks.  An  in- 
troduction to  timesharing  and  language  concepts  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  LVC  PDP  1 1/40  computer  sys- 
tem. No  credit. 

150.  BASIC-PLUS  Programming.  10  weeks.  A  study 
of  the  BASIC-PLUS  language  to  include  strings,  matrices 
and  functions  as  well  as  traditional  algorithms  demonstrat- 
ing search  and  sort  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Computer 
Programming  110  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  1  credit. 
170.  Computers  and  Programming.  An  introduction 
to  the  techniques  of  computer  programming  and  to  the 
designs,  uses,  capabilities,  and  implications  of  computers. 
3  credits.  Note:  Fortran  IV  is  available  but  will  not  be 
taught  in  these  courses.  Students  who  have  taken  CP  150 
will  receive  only  two  semester  hours  of  credit  for  CP  170. 


Computer 
Program- 
ming 


Computer 
Science 

(See  Mathematical  Sciences) 


Education     elementary  education 


Faculty: 

Dr.  M.  Albrecht 

Dr.  Ebersole  (Chmn.) 

Dr.  Grella 

Mrs.  Herr(Adj.) 

Dr.  Jacques 


Students  who  may  be  concerned  about  the  oversupply  of  elementary  school  teachers  should 
be  aware  that  there  is  always  a  demand  for  well-trained  and  conscientious  teachers.  The  high 
school  graduate  who  enjoys  working  wth  children  should  be  encouraged  to  participate  in 
Lebanon  Valley  College's  teacher  training  program  which  includes  training  in  all  phases  of 
teaching,  and  sufficient  individualized  attention  to  each  student  for  realizing  his  full  potential. 
The  elementary  education  program  is  field-centered.  Students  have  opportunities  both  volun- 
tarily and  required  to  work  with  children  in  schools  throughout  their  college  years. 

As  a  freshman,  a  student  will  spend  two  hours  a  week  observing  and  assisting  in  an  elementary 
school.  As  a  sophomore,  a  student  gives  two  volunteer  hours  a  week  in  assistance  in  an 
elementary  classroom.  In  a  student's  junior  year,  one  hour  per  week  is  spent  tutoring  a  child  or 
a  small  group  of  children  in  reading,  as  partial  requirements  for  the  teaching  of  reading  course. 
Two  volunteer  hours  per  week  of  the  junior  year  are  spent  in  assignment  as  a  student  aide. 
During  the  senior  year,  the  first  semester  is  spent  in  full-time  student  teaching.  The  second 
semester  provides  opportunities  to  work  with  nursery  school  children  and  with  classes  for 
exceptional  children. 

In  the  student  teaching  semester,  the  careful  selection  of  the  cooperating  teacher  is  crucial. 
Every  attempt  is  made  to  match  the  student  teacher  with  a  cooperating  teacher  who  is  compat- 
ible in  personality,  philosophy,  and  goals  of  education.  The  teacher  education  program  empha- 
sizes the  developmental  process  of  the  whole  student  in  preparation  for  teaching  the  whole  child. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  elementary  education. 

Major:  Elementary  Education  220,  270,  332,  341/342,  344,  361/362,  440,  444;  Art  401; 
Geography  111;  one  of  the  following:  History  111,  112, 125, 126;  Psychology  321,  for  a  total  of 
51  hours. 


66    Education 


Courses  in  Elementary  Education 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  Fundamentals 
of  music,  varied  approaches  for  developing  conceptual 
learning,  movement,  playing  classroom  instruments,  intro- 
duction of  Orff  and  Kodaly  techniques,  creative  applica- 
tions, guided  listening,  the  child  voice,  materials  for  use  in 
interest  centers  in  elementary  school,  beginning  with  early 
childhood.  3  credits. 

250.  Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Grades.  An 
introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  of  mathematics 
taught  in  early  childhood,  elementary'  and  middle  school.  3 
credits. 

260.  Principles  and  Practices  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  Study  of  three  differing  types  of  early  child- 
hood programs — Montessori,  Piaget  and  Open  Classroom — 
including  their  theories,  materials,  curricula  and  methods. 
Course  will  include  field  experience  in  local  programs,  and 
preparation  of  a  prepared  plan  for  teaching  in  one  type  of 
program.  3  credits. 

270.  Children's  Literature.  A  study  of  the  literature  of 
childhood,  including  early  childhood.  Attention  is  given  to 
children's  reading  interests,  criteria  and  aids  in  selecting 


materials,  a  survey  of  the  development  of  children's  litera- 
ture, and  the  art  of  storytelling.  3  credits. 
332.  The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary 
School.  Appropriate  teaching  methods  and  materials  in 
math  and  science  and  their  application  in  the  early  child- 
hood and  elementary  school  classroom.  Prerequisites:  Ele- 
mentary Education  250  and  one  year  of  a  laboratory  sci- 
ence. 3  credits. 

341/342.  Teaching  of  Reading  I,  II.  A  study  of  the 
problems  and  procedures  of  instruction  in  the  development 
of  basic  reading  skills  from  the  readiness  programs  of  Early 
Childhood  Education  to  the  more  comprehensive  tech- 
niques required  for  the  teaching  of  reading  in  the  elemen- 
tary and  middle  schools.  Effective  reading  programs,  teach- 
ing and  learning  materials,  and  research  studies  in  this 
field  are  investigated  and  evaluated  per  semester.  Prerequi- 
site: Elementary  Education  270.  3  credits. 
344.  Health  and  Safety  Education.  The  course  in- 
cludes a  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices  and  pro- 
cedures as  applied  to  the  elementary  school,  a  program  of 
physical  education  for  elementary  school  children,  an 
American  Red  Cross-approved  program  of  first  aid,  and  an 
evaluation  of  sources  and  use  of  materials.  Prerequisites: 
Education  110:  Psychology  220.  3  credits. 


361/362.  Communications  and  Group  Processes  in 
the  Elementary  School  I,  II.  Deals  with  the  fundamen- 
tals for  language  growth  in  areas  of  oral  and  written  expres- 
sion, beginning  with  early  childhood.  Planned  to  assist 
teachers  in  helping  children  communicate  effectively  and 
responsibly  in  a  creative  manner,  in  growing  toward  self 
understanding,  and  in  developing  satisfying  interpersonal 
relationships.  The  use  of  varied  group  processes  in  multi- 
faceted  settings  is  emphasized.  3  credits  per  semester. 
440.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  an  entire 
semester  in  a  classroom  of  an  area  public  school  under  the 
supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher. 
Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative  grade-point  average  of 
2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college  is  required. 
Prerequisites:  Education  110:  Psychology  220:  Elementary 
Education  270.  332.  3411342.  and  3611362.  12  credits. 
444.  Senior  Seminar.  Special  topics  related  to  pertinent 
problems  in  student  teaching  or  to  further  professional 
growth  in  the  profession  are  researched.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  the  stu- 
dent who  desires  to  engage  in  independent  study  whether 
enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not.  1-3 
credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

There  is  no  separate  major  for  those  interested  in  secondary  education.  Interested  students 
major  in  a  subject  area  and  also  enroll  for  courses  in  the  Education  Department.  This  program 
is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  for  teacher  certification  in  Pennsylvania  and  neighboring 
states. 

Those  students  desiring  teacher  certification  must  complete  a  minimum  of  18  credits  in 
professional  courses  together  with  the  approved  program  in  the  subject  field  to  be  taught. 
Education  110  serves  as  an  introduction  to  the  secondary  classroom,  with  each  student  being 
assigned  to  work  as  a  student  aide  in  a  nearby  secondary  school. 

During  the  senior  year  one  semester  is  designated  as  a  professional  semester.  The  student 
enrolls  in  the  following  courses: 

Ed.  420:  Human  Growth  and  Development. 

Ed.  430:  Practicum  and  Methods  (English  431  for  English  majors) 

Ed.  440:  Student  Teaching. 

The  student  teaching  is  done  in  a  nearby  secondary  school  throughout  the  entire  semester. 
Each  student  teacher  is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  selected  experienced  teacher  and  the 
guidance  of  faculty  responsible  for  teacher  education. 

Prerequisites  for  student  teaching  include: 

a.  A  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.0  in  the  major  field. 

b.  Completion  of  Education  110. 

c.  Completion  of  methods  in  the  major  field. 

d.  Approval  of  the  major  advisor  and  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching. 

A  student  may  also  return  to  the  college  following  graduation  to  complete  an  approved 
program  of  teacher  certification. 


Education    67 


Courses  in  Education 

110.  Foundations  of  Education.  A  study  is  made  of 
the  social,  historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of 
American  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the  princi- 
ples and  theories  of  noted  educational  leaders  who  have 
influenced  educational  practices  today.  3  credits. 
331.  Educational  Measurements.  A  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  validity  and  reliability.'  appraisal  and  construction 
of  test  items  and  consideration  of  the  uses  of  test  results. 
Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and  secondary  fields. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  110.  3  credits. 
342.  Reading  and  Study  Skills  in  the  Content  Areas. 
Designed  to  provide  teachers  of  the  content  area  in  middle 
school,  junior  high  and  senior  high  with  strategies,  materi- 
als and  techniques  to  improve  their  pupils'  abilities  to  read, 
organize  and  study  textual  materials,  to  master  concepts 
and  technical  vocabulary  and  to  put  to  use  information 
gained  through  the  reading  course  texts  and  related  ma- 
terials. Emphasis  is  placed  on  reading  skills  only  as  they 
are  necessary  for  effective  learning  of  the  content  areas.  3 
credits. 

346.  Educational  Technology  and  Instructional 
Media.  A  laboratory  course  in  which  students  produce  and 
use  media  and  the  equipment  of  instructional  technology. 
Bases  for  technological  teaching  devices  and  media  are  ex- 
amined, types  of  media  equipment  evaluated,  and  applica- 
tions explored.  3  credits. 

423.  An  Introduction  to  Guidance.  The  history,  phi- 
losophy, and  development  of  public  school  guidance,  and 
the  procedures  and  instruments  used  by  the  teacher.  Pre- 
requisite: Education  110.  3  credits. 
442.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  A  gen 
eral  view  of  the  practices  and  programs  for  the  education  of 
exceptional  children  and  youth  beginning  with  early  child- 
hood. The  study  includes  children  with  physical,  mental, 
and  emotional  handicaps,  and  gifted  children.  Field  work 


in  special  classes  provides  first-hand  experience.  Prerequi- 
sites: Education  110.  Psychology  110.  3  credits. 

Courses  in  Secondary  Education 

420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.  This  course 
deals  with  the  practical  application  of  principles  of  psychol- 
ogy and  human  learning  to  secondary  school  teaching. 
Required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  education.  Prerequi- 
site: Education  110.  3  credits. 

430.  Practicum  and  Methods.  This  course  is  designed 
to  acquaint  the  students  with  some  basic  behaviors  and 
methods  in  the  classroom  that  will  help  the  prospective 
teacher  in  any  subject  area.  Students  work  independently 
on  the  problems  related  to  their  major  areas  and  teaching 
reading  in  their  particular  fields.  This  course  is  required  of 
all  seniors  in  secondary  education,  except  English  majors 
who  will  take  English  431.  Prerequisite:  Education  110.  3 
credits. 

431.  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Education.  Stu- 
dents will  explore  patterns  of  curriculum  and  develop  cur- 
riculum for  their  major  area  and  for  other  areas  within  the 
Social  Studies  which  they  may  be  expected  to  teach.  They 
will  prepare  instructional  objectives,  select  and  organize 
subject  matter,  investigate  a  variety  of  learning  activities 
and  strategies  for  developing  inquiry  skills,  decision-mak- 
ing ability  and  values.  1-2  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  one  se- 
mester in  a  classroom  at  an  area  school  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to 
seniors  only.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  cumulative  grade- 
point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  col- 
lege, (2)  the  written  recommendation  of  the  major  adviser, 
(3)  the  approval  of  the  director  of  secondary  student  teach- 
ing, and  (4)  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty.  Prereq- 
uisites: Education  110.  420:  Education  430  or  English  431. 
9  credits. 


Engineering 
(Coopera- 
tive) 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Rhodes 


68    Engineering 


In  the  cooperative  3-2  Engineering  Program  a  student  may  earn  a  B.S.  degree  from  Lebanon 
Valley  College  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  or  other  cooperating  institution.  Students  who  pursue  this  cooperative  engineering 
program  take  three  years  of  work  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  then,  if  recommended  by  the  college, 
they  may  attend  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  two  additional  years  of  work  in  engineering. 
After  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the  fourth  year  of  the  program,  LVC  grants  the  B.S.  degree 
with  a  major  in  one  of  the  areas  of  science  or  mathematics.  At  the  completion  of  the  fifth  year, 
the  University  grants  the  appropriate  engineering  degree. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  the  3-2  program  include 
Mathematics  161,  162,  261,  and  266;  Physics  111,  112,  and  211;  Chemistry  111;  Computer 
Science  241;  and  eleven  selected  courses  in  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Additional  courses  in  physics,  mathematics,  chemistry  and  biology  appropriate  for  the  partic- 
ular area  of  engineering  are  chosen  in  planning  the  total  program  to  meet  the  particular  needs 


of  an  individual  student.  For  mechanical,  civil,  and  electrical  engineering,  Physics  311, 312, 321 
and  322  are  among  the  needed  courses. 

At  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  the  student  may  select  from  among  eight  different  engineer- 
ing fields — bioengineering,  chemical  engineering,  civil  and  urban  engineering,  computer  sci- 
ence and  engineering,  electrical  engineering  and  science,  mechanical  engineering  and  applied 
mechanics,  metallurgy  and  materials  science,  and  systems  science  and  engineering.  These  and 
other  engineering  curricula  are  available  at  other  engineering  schools  where  the  student  may 
want  to  complete  the  final  two  years  of  the  3-2  program. 

Some  students  decide  to  complete  a  four-year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College,  earning 
their  baccalaureate  degree  with  a  major  in  physics,  chemistry,  or  mathematics,  and  then  move 
into  a  graduate  program  in  the  engineering  school  at  a  university  which  leads  to  a  Master  of 
Science  degree  in  a  field  of  engineering.  This  option  is  also  attractive  to  students  with  a  strong 
interest  in  the  applied  sciences. 


The  English  major  traditionally  introduces  students  to  the  humanistic  study  of  literature  and 
thus  to  the  noblest  expressions  of  the  human  condition  and  the  finest  examples  of  esthetic 
accomplishment.  The  English  Department  recognizes  that  an  English  major  also  should  prepare 
a  student  to  enter  the  job  market,  and  furthermore,  that  a  major  in  English  can  do  this 
particularly  well. 

First,  the  graduate  in  English  has  learned  to  express  himself  clearly,  coherently,  and  concisely. 
Second,  an  English  major  who  has  worked  through  the  intricacies  of  a  Shakespearean  play,  who 
has  written  a  paper  on  Puritan  poetics,  or  who  has  organized  an  oral  panel  presentation  has 
learned  to  gather  data,  organize  it,  and  present  it  effectively. 

The  program  for  English  majors  also  allows  flexibility  for  a  student  to  study  on  his  own,  or  to 
participate  in  career  related  activities  for  credit.  The  independent  study  program  encourages 
self-study  on  subjects  from  theater  to  creative  writing.  Internships  offer  on  the  job  experience. 
Furthermore,  our  flexible  major  program  allows  each  student  to  add  work  from  other  depart- 
ments easily  and  coherently. 


English 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Berger 
Dr.  Billings 
Dr.  Ford  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  Kearney 
Dr.  Markowicz 
Dr.  O'Donnell 
Dr.  Struble  (Adj.) 
Mr.  Woods 


English    69 


Graduates  of  the  Department  of  English  can  look  forward  to  employment  in  a  number  of 
areas  including  teaching  of  all  levels,  graduate  work,  college  administration,  editing,  public 
relations  and  the  media,  book  publishing,  business  and  government. 

Graduate  schools  represented  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  English  Department  graduates 
include  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Penn  State  University,  Michigan  State,  William  &  Mary, 
Boston  College,  Northeastern  and  Cambridge  University  (England)  to  name  a  few. 

Degree:  B  A  degree  with  a  major  in  English/Literature  or  English/Communications. 

Major:  Each  student  majoring  in  English  must  choose  either  a  literature  or  a  communica- 
tions concentration.  The  student  and  adviser  will  develop  a  major  program  which  will  reflect  the 
student's  vocational  interests  and  will  meet  the  department's  expectations  for  all  English  majors. 
All  English  majors  must  take  four  one-semester  survey  courses,  History  of  the  English  Lan- 
guage, one  semester  of  a  major  author,  and  Seminar  in  English. 

(Literature  Concentration)  Students  pursuing  a  literature  concentration  must  take  two 
additional  one-semester  survey  courses  and  at  least  three  additional  one-semester  courses  in 
major  authors  and  special  topics.  Students  planning  to  teach  in  secondary  schools  must  also 
take  Oral  Communications  and  Modern  Grammars. 

(Communications  Concentration)  Students  pursuing  a  Communications  Concentra- 
tion must  take  four  additional  one-semester  courses  in  communications  or  other  related  fields. 
The  additional  hours  should  reflect  a  specific  emphasis  in  communications  work  such  as 
journalism,  electronic  media,  or  technical  and  scientific  writing.  The  student  must  also  take  at 
least  one  internship. 


70    English 


Courses  in  English 

111/112.  English  Composition  I,  II.  Both  semesters 
concentrate  on  developing  basic  skills  of  composition.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

211/212.  Word  Study  I,  II.  This  course  has  a  twofold 
purpose:  (1)  to  give  the  student  some  insight  into  linguistic 
processes,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  the  growth  of  the 
English  vocabulary;  and  (2)  to  increase  the  range  of  the 
student's  vocabulary.  1  credit  per  semester. 
215.  Writing  Workshop.  The  subject  of  this  course  may 
include  such  topics  as  journalism,  writing  for  the  mass 
media,  technical  writing,  management  communications, 
writing  for  radio  and  television,  and  public  relations.  3  cred- 
its. 

218.  Oral  Communication.  This  course  is  designed  to 
establish  basic  concepts,  understandings,  and  attitudes  con- 
cerning the  nature  and  importance  of  oral  communication 
and  to  provide  experience  in  speaking  and  in  competent 
criticism  of  these  activities.  3  credits. 
221/222.  American  Literature  I,  II.  First  semester:  a 
survey  of  American  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the 
Civil  Wkr.  Second  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature 
from  the  Civil  Wkr  to  the  present  day.  3  credits  per  semes- 
ter. 

223.  Creative  Writing.  This  course  alternates  between 
the  writing  of  fiction  and  the  writing  of  poetry.  3  credits. 


225/226.  Survey  of  English  Literature  I,  II.  A  study 
of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  our  own  time, 
viewed  in  perspective  against  the  background  of  English 
life  and  thought.  3  credits  per  semester. 
227/228.  World  Literature  I,  II.  While  the  organiza- 
tion of  this  course  is  basically  chronological,  the  emphasis 
is  thematic:  major  ideas  of  western  thought  are  traced 
through  important  literary  works  from  the  ancient  Greeks 
to  the  moderns.  3  credits  per  semester. 
250-299.  Studies  in  Literary  Contexts.  This  se- 
quence of  courses,  several  of  which  are  offered  any  one 
year,  examines  literary  works  within  the  larger  contexts  of 
social  and  intellectual  concerns.  3  credits  per  semester. 
321.  Shakespeare.  This  course  includes  (a)  a  study  of 
Shakespeare's  history  plays  and  their  place  in  the  Elizabe- 
than world,  and  an  analysis  of  early  Shakespearean  comedy; 
(b)  a  study  of  Shakespeare's  major  tragedies,  the  problem 
comedies,  and  the  late  romantic  comedies.  3  credits. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Language.  Historical 
study  of  English  sounds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vocabu- 
lary; and  brief  survey  of  standards  of  correctness  and  cur- 
rent usage.  3  credits. 

332.  Chaucer.  Intended  to  give  the  student  a  reasonable 
familiarity  with  Chaucer  and  other  medieval  authors,  and 
to  develop  skill  in  the  reading  of  Middle  English.  3  credits. 


334.  Modern  Grammars.  A  review  of  traditional  gram- 
mar and  an  introduction  to  recent  concepts  in  grammar 
resulting  from  developments  in  structural  linguistics.  Pre- 
requisite: English  331.  3  credits. 

337.  The  Novel.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  novel 
in  England  from  Richardson  to  Joyce.  3  credits. 

338.  Contemporary  Drama.  A  survey-workshop  of 
Continental.  British,  and  American  drama  from  Ibsen  to 
the  present.  3  credits. 

339.  History  of  the  Theater.  A  selection  of  Western 
and  some  Oriental  dramas  from  Aeschylus  to  Ibsen  pre- 
sented historically,  with  attention  to  theater  modes  and 
techniques.  3  credits. 

344.  Theater  Workshop.  The  elements  of  theater  art 
oriented  toward  stage  presentation,  with  classroom  practice 
in  production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays.  3  credits. 
390.  Internship.  1-9  credits. 

431.  The  Teaching  of  English  in  Secondary  Schools. 
Concerned  primarily  with  the  role  of  the  English  teacher 
in  the  secondary  schools.  Attention  may  be  given  to  the 
teaching  of  composition,  mechanics,  speech,  and  literary 
forms.  Sessions  on  recent  research  in  the  field  of  English, 
resource  materials,  mass  media,  and  teaching  techniques 
will  be  included.  3  credits. 

440.  Special  Problems.  Offered  according  to  interests 
of  students  and  staff.  This  course  will  rotate  among  faculty 
members,  the  content  of  the  course  to  be  determined  by 


the  instructor  with  the  advice  of  the  department  and  con- 
sent of  the  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty.  Prerequi- 
site: consent  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 
444.  Seminar  in  English.  This  capstone  course  for  En- 
glish majors  varies  in  content  depending  on  the  interests 
of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  For  the  student  who  desires  to 
engage  in  a  project  of  independent  work  whether  enrolled 
in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  the  instructor.  1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maxi- 
mum of  9). 


The  study  of  a  modern  foreign  language  has  a  three-fold  aim.  The  first  is  to  develop  fluency  in 
the  basic  communication  skills — speaking,  listening  comprehension,  reading  and  writing.  The 
second  is  to  provide  a  direct  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  literature,  civilization  and 
cultural  heritage  of  the  people  whose  language  is  studied.  The  third  aim  is  to  develop  an 
understanding  of  language  as  the  fundamental  medium  in  which  mankind  thinks,  perceives 
and  interacts. 

The  department  prepares  the  language  major  for  a  career  in  a  variety  of  challenging  fields: 
teaching,  diplomatic  and  government  service,  foreign  trade,  business  and  industry,  and  social 
service.  Since  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  alone  is  often  insufficient  for  many  of  these 
careers,  the  language  major  should,  as  appropriate,  combine  study  of  foreign  languages  with 
work  in  other  disciplines. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  encourages  language  majors  to  spend  some  time  studying  in  the 
country  of  their  language.  To  facilitate  study  abroad,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  become  a 
cooperating  member  of  the  International  Studies  Program  of  Central  College,  Pella,  Iowa.  This 
program  provides  for  6  to  12  months  of  study  in  France,  Germany  and  Austria,  or  Spain. 

Degree:  For  the  student  who  majors  in  foreign  languages,  French,  German  or  Spanish,  the 
BA.  degree  is  offered. 


Foreign  Lan- 
guages 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Doreste 
Mrs.  Dupont 
Dr.  Iglesias  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  Scott 
Miss  Strange 


Foreign  Lang.     71 


Major:  A  student  may  elect  to  major  in  one  foreign  language  or  in  Foreign  Languages.  A 
major  in  one  language  requires  Foreign  Languages  252  and  24  hours  above  the  intermediate 
level  in  the  language  studied.  A  major  in  Foreign  Languages  has  the  same  requirements  plus  a 
minimum  of  12  hours  above  the  intermediate  level  in  a  second  language.  If  a  certificate  to  teach 
is  desired.  Foreign  Languages  440  is  also  required.  Beyond  the  intermediate  level.  French, 
German  and  Spanish  courses  are  conducted  in  the  language  studied. 


Courses  in  Foreign  Languages 

225/226.  Contemporary  European  Literature  I,  II. 

Reading,  in  translation,  of  works  selected  to  represent  im- 
portant authors  and  trends  in  contemporary'  European  lit- 
erature. 3  credits  per  semester. 

252.  Introduction  to  Linguistics.  An  introductory 
study  of  language  as  a  communication  system,  designed  for 
the  major  and  non-major  alike  and  taught  entirely  in  En- 
glish. 3  credits. 

440.  Methods  in  Teaching  Foreign  Languages.  A 
comprehensive  study  of  modern  methods  of  foreign  lan- 
guage teaching  in  secondary  schools  with  emphasis  on 
teaching  basic  skills.  Prerequisite:  French.  German  or 
Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  2  credits. 

Courses  in  French 

101,  102.  Elementary  French  I,  II.  A  beginning 
course  in  French.  3  credits  per  semester. 
Ill,  112.  Intermediate  French  I,  II.  A  continuation 
of  French  102  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  com- 
prehension, reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite:  French  102 
or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 
115,  116.  Introduction  to  French  Literature  I,  II. 
Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of  literary  texts  and  in  the 
four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  French  112  or 
equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

215.  French  Culture.  A  study  of  modern  France  with 
special  attention  to  those  qualities,  characteristics,  and  tra- 


72    Foreign  Lang. 


ditions  which  are  uniquely  French.  Prerequisite:  French  112 
or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

216.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.  In- 
tensive practice  in  spoken  and  written  French  on  an  ad- 
vanced grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with  emphasis  on 
the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite: 
French  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

221.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages.  A  study 
of  the  masterpieces  of  medieval  French  literature  in  the 
context  of  the  social  and  intellectual  climate  in  which  they 
were  produced.  Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

222.  French  Literature  of  the  Renaissance.  A  study 
of  the  major  works  of  the  French  Renaissance  with  empha- 
sis on  Rabelais,  Montaigne  and  the  poets  of  the  Pleiade. 
Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

331.  French  Literature  of  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV.  A 
study  of  the  major  authors  of  this  apogee  of  French  civili- 
zation, including  Corneille,  Racine,  Moliere,  La  Fontaine 
and  Pascal.  Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  3  cred- 
its. 

332.  French  Literature  of  the  Enlightenment.  A 

study  of  the  main  literary  and  philosophical  currents  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  the  works  of  Montes- 
quieu, Diderot,  Voltaire  and  Rousseau.  Prerequisite:  French 
116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

441.  The  modern  Novel  in  France.  A  study  of  the 
French  novel  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 
Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

442.  Modern  Theatre  and  Poetry  of  France.  A  study 
of  French  theatre  and  poetry'  of  the  nineteenth  and  twen- 
tieth centuries.  Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

445/446.  Seminar  I,  II.  Designed  to  supplement 
and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge  and  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research.  The  content  varies  ac- 
cording to  the  needs  and  interests  of  the  group.  Pre- 
requisite: French  116  or  equivalent.  1-3  credits 
per  semester. 

500.    Independent    Study.    This    course    enables    a 
student  to   engage   in   independent  study  whether  en- 
rolled  in   the   departmental   honors  program   or   not. 
Prerequisite:   French    116  or  equivalent.    1-3   credits. 
(Maximum  of  9). 


Courses  in  German 

101,  102.  Elementary  German  I,  II.  A  beginning 
course  in  German.  3  credits  per  semester. 
Ill,  112.  Intermediate  German  I,  II.  A  continuation 
of  German  102  with  practice  in  conversation,  comprehen- 
sion, reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite:  German  102  or 
equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

113,  114.  Scientific  German  I,  II.  Practice  in  reading 
scientific  and  technical  German  with  emphasis  on  the  vo- 
cabulary used  in  this  type  of  writing.  Prerequisite:  German 
112  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 
115,  116.  Introduction  to  German  Literature  I,  II. 
Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of  literary  texts  and  in  the 
four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  German  112  or 
equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

215.  German  Culture.  A  study  of  modern  Germany 
with  special  attention  to  those  qualities,  characteristics  and 
traditions  which  are  uniquely  German.  Prerequisite:  Ger- 
man 112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

216.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.  In- 
tensive practice  in  spoken  and  written  German  on  an  ad- 
vanced grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with  emphasis  on 
the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite: 
German  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

221.  German  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to 
1750.  A  study  of  representative  works  from  the  early  Mid- 
dle Ages  through  the  baroque  with  emphasis  on  the  gener- 
ation writing  in  the  early  thirteenth  century.  Prerequisite: 
German  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

331.  German  Literature  from  1750  to  1848.  The 
effects  of  the  Enlightenment  and  the  subsequent  develop- 
ment of  German  romanticism  with  a  close  reading  of  major 
works  and  extensive  background  in  the  history  and  esthet- 
ics of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent. 
3  credits. 

332.  Goethe  and  Schiller.  A  detailed  study  of  the  lives, 
society  and  artistic  achievements  of  these  preeminent  lit- 
erary figures.  Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

410.  Special  Topics  in  German.  Advanced  study  of  an 
aspect  of  the  German  language.  Topic  varies,  e.g.,  advanced 
grammar,  stylistics,  history  of  the  German  language.  Pre- 
requisite: German  116.  216  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

441.  German  Literature  from  1848  to  the  Present. 
An  examination  of  masterpeices  of  German  fiction,  drama 
and  poetry  with  special  attention  to  the  changing  role  of 
the  artist  in  society.  Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

442.  Topics  in  Modern  German  Literature.  Offers  a 
detailed  study  of  one  aspect  of  modern  German  literature, 
e.g.,  the  novel,  contemporary  authors,  twentieth  century 
drama,  literary  expressionism.  Prerequisite:  German  116 
or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  For  the  student  who  wishes  to 
study  independently  whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental 


honors  program  or  not.  Prerequisite:  German  116 or  equiv- 
alent. 1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 

Courses  in  Greek 

101,  102.  Elementary  Creek  I,  II.  An  intensive  course 
in  the  basics  of  ancient  Greek.  3  credits  per  semester. 
Ill,  112.  Intermediate  Greek  I,  II.  First  semester: 
readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels.  Second  semes- 
ter: readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  A  review  of  gram- 
mar throughout  the  year.  Prerequisite:  Greek  102.  3  credits 
per  semester. 

321.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.  Prerequisite: 
Greek  112.  3  credits. 

322.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.  Prerequisite: 
Greek  112.  3  credits. 

431.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.  Prerequi- 
site: Greek  112.  3  credits. 

432.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.  Pre- 
requisite: Greek  112.  3  credits. 

Courses  in  Latin 

101.  Elementary  Latin  I.  Basic  grammar  and  syntax, 
with  some  reading  of  ancient  writers.  3  credits. 

102.  Elementary  Latin  II.  A  review  of  grammar,  trans- 
lation of  English  into  Latin  and  reading  Latin  prose  selec- 
tions, including  Cicero.  Prerequisite:  Latin  101  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

111.  Intermediate  Latin  I.  A  review  of  grammar  and 
readings  from  prose  works  such  as  Cicero's  Essays.  Prereq- 
uisite: Latin  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

112.  Intermediate  Latin  II.  A  reading  of  passages  se- 
lected from  the  writings  of  Virgil  and  Ovid.  Prerequisite: 
Latin  111  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

Courses  in  Spanish 

101,  102.  Elementary  Spanish  I,  II.  A  beginning 
course  in  Spanish.  3  credits  per  semester. 
Ill,  112.  Intermediate  Spanish  I,  II.  A  continuation 
of  Spanish  102  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  listen- 
ing comprehension,  reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite: 
Spanish  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 
115,  116.  Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature  I,  II. 
Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of  literary  texts  and  in  the 
four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  112  or 
equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

2-15.  Hispanic  Culture.  A  study  of  Hispanic  culture  as 
found  in  modern  Spain  and  its  reflection  in  American  coun- 
tries and  in  the  Spanish  language.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

216.  Advanced  Composition  and  Conversation.  In- 
tensive practice  in  spoken  and  written  Spanish  on  an  ad- 
vanced grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with  emphasis  on 
the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite: 
Spanish  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 


Foreign  Lang.     73 


221.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and 
Early  Renaissance.  A  study  of  the  outstanding  works  of 
the  period  with  emphasis  on  the  beginnings  of  the  Renais- 
sance in  Spain.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

222.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age.  A  study 
of  the  major  works  of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

331.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  18th  and  19th  Cen- 
turies. Readings  from  the  Enlightenment  in  Spain  and  a 
study  of  the  major  works  of  romanticism  and  realism.  Pre- 
requisite: Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

332.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  20th  Century.  Start 
ing  with  the  Generation  '98  and  Modernism,  a  representa- 
tive study  of  the  literary  movements  of  this  century.  Pre- 
requisite: Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

441.    Spanish-American   Literature   to   the   20th 


Century.  Readings  of  the  representative  authors  from  the 
colonial  and  independence  periods  of  Spanish-American  lit- 
erature. Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 
442.  Spanish-American  Literature  of  the  20th 
Century.  A  study  of  important  writers  of  the  early  part  of 
the  century,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments  in  the 
literature  of  Spanish-America.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

445/446.  Seminar  I,  II.  Designed  to  supplement  and 
integrate  the  student's  knowledge  and  stimulate  individual 
study  and  research.  The  content  varies  according  to  the 
needs  and  interests  of  the  group.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
116  or  equivalent.  1-3  credits  per  semester. 

500.  Independent  Study.  For  the  student  who  wishes  to 
study  independently  whether  enrolled  in  the  department 
honors  program  or  not.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equiv- 
alent. 1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Forestry  and 
Environ- 
mental 
Studies 
(Coopera- 
tive) 

Adviser: 
Dr.  Williams 


Students  completing  a  three  year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  studying  the  liberal  arts 
and  the  sciences  basic  to  forestry  and  environmental  sciences  may  apply  for  admission  to  the 
cooperative  forestry  program  with  Duke  University.  Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  two 
year  (plus  one  summer)  program  at  Duke  University,  the  student  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College.  After  completion  of  the  program  at  Duke  the 
student  will  receive  the  professional  degree  of  Master  of  Forestry  (M.F.)  or  Master  of  Environ- 
mental Management  (M.E.M.)  from  Duke  University.  Students  may  major  in  biology,  economics, 
political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  regardless  of  major  include  Biology  111/112,  302;  Eco- 
nomics 110/120;  Mathematics  161  or  111,  and  Mathematics  170,  plus  those  courses  necessary 
to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college.  Additional  required  coursework  varies  depend- 
ing upon  whether  the  student  majors  in  economics,  biology,  mathematics  or  political  science. 


French 

(See  Fbreign  Languages) 

Geography 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Ebersole 
Dr.  Jacques 


Courses  in  geography  are  offered  as  an  adjunct  to  the  elementary  and  secondary  education 
program,  or  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  take  the  courses  out  of  personal  interest. 


74    Forestry 


Courses  in  Geography 

111.  World  Geography  I  (Physical  Geography).  The 

physical  aspects  of  the  earth,  its  place  in  the  solar  system, 
earth  movements,  earth's  waters,  landforms,  climate,  soil 
types,  weather  phenomena,  and  processes  that  form  and 
change  the  earth's  surface.  3  credits. 

112.  World  Geography  II  (Regional  Cultural  Ge- 
ography). This  course  is  recommended  for  elementary' 
education  majors  and  is  required  for  those  wishing  to  be 


certified  in  comprehensive  social  studies.  The  course  ex- 
amines various  countries  and  regions  of  the  world,  relating 
the  geographic  features  of  each  to  the  life  and  culture  of 
the  people.  Natural  resources  and  economy  of  each  region 
are  studied  as  well  as  such  facts  as  states  and  capitals, 
population  density,  food  supply,  and  ecological  factors.  3 
credits. 


Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  pre-professional  training  in  the  medical  (medicine,  osteopathy, 
optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  chiropractic,  and  dentistry)  and  veterinary  fields.  Students 
interested  in  one  of  these  careers  usually  follow  a  science  curriculum  with  a  major  in  biochem- 
istry, biology  or  chemistry.  At  Lebanon  Valley  College  we  feel  that  a  strong  background  in  the 
basic  natural  sciences  is  requisite  for  careers  in  the  health  professions. 

In  addition  to  the  basic  natural  sciences  suited  to  advanced  professional  study,  the  student 
who  is  interested  in  veterinary  medicine  may  participate  in  a  cooperative  program  between  the 
college  and  local  veterinarians,  specializing  in  both  small  and  large  animal  medicine.  Students 
not  only  receive  credit  for  the  work,  but  also  gain  valuable  experience  in  the  field. 

A  health  professions  committee  coordinates  the  various  plans  of  study  at  the  college  in 
addition  to  offering  advice  and  assistance  to  those  persons  interested  in  health  professions 
careers. 

For  those  students  interested  in  podiatry,  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  the  Pennsylvania  College 
of  Podiatric  Medicine  have  established  an  accelerated  podiatric  medicine  education  curriculum 
consisting  of  a  minimum  of  ninety  undergraduate  semester  hours  and  four  years  of  podiatric 
medical  education.  Following  three  years  of  study  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  a  student  may  be 
recommended  for  further  study  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine.  Lebanon 
Valley  College  than  awards  the  baccalaureate  degree,  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or 
chemistry,  to  those  students  who  complete  successfully  one  year  of  basic  science  education  at 
the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine. 

Majors  in  biology  and  chemistry  with  an  interest  in  health  professions  have  been  admitted  to 
some  of  the  nation's  finest  schools  including  Johns  Hopkins  University  Medical  School,  The 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  The  University  of  Pittsburgh,  Jefferson  Medical  School,  The  Milton  S. 
Hershey  Medical  Center.  Temple  University,  The  University  of  Maryland,  The  Philadelphia  College 
of  Osteopathic  Medicine,  The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  and  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Optometry. 


German 

(See  Fbreign  Languages) 

Greek 

(See  Fbreign  Languages) 


Health  Pro- 
fessions 


Adviser: 

Dr.  Henninger 


Health  Prof.     75 


History  and 

Political 

Science 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Fehr 

Dr.  Geffen  (Chmn.) 

Mr.  Joyce 

Dr.  Norton 


The  Department  of  History  and  Political  Science  is  a  dual  department,  but  each  curriculum 
is  distinct  and  taught  separately.  The  study  of  history  acquaints  the  student  with  human  behavior 
in  the  dimension  of  past  time.  Political  science  deals  with  the  many-sided  aspects  of  government. 

INTERNSHIPS 

The  department  offers  supervised  academic  and  field  experience  in  two  types  of  internship:  in 
history,  in  historic  preservation  and  other  museum-related  work;  in  political  science,  work  in  a 
governmental  agency,  with  an  elected  public  official,  or  in  electoral  activity.  Departmental 
interns  typically  work  12  to  15  hours  per  week  on  assignment  as  interns  in  appropriate  offices 
of  the  Pennsylvania  Historical  and  Museum  Commission  in  Harrisburg  or  on  site,  or  as  staff 
assistants  to  various  committees  in  the  Pennsylvania  State  Government,  such  as  the  House 
Committee  on  Health  and  Welfare  or  the  Senate  Committee  on  Education,  or  in  the  Harrisburg 
office  of  Congressman  Allen  Ertel  of  the  17th  Congressional  District. 

WASHINGTON  SEMESTER  PROGRAM 

Juniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  average,  have  had  basic  courses 
in  American  national  government,  and  are  recommended  by  the  chairman  of  the  Department 
of  History  and  Political  Science,  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Washington  Semester  Program, 
which  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  The  American  University  in  Washington,  D.  C.  Participants 
choose  one  of  the  following  options:  the  study  of  the  American  governmental  and  political 
system  as  a  whole  (Semester  in  American  National  Government),  the  urban  polity  and  intergov- 
ernmental decision-making  in  urban  affairs  (the  Urban  Semester),  American  foreign  policy 
formulation  and  implementation  (Foreign  Policy  Semester),  the  economic  policy-making  pro- 
cess (Economic  Policy  Semester),  the  operation  of  the  criminal  justice  system  (Justice  Semes- 
ter), the  cultural  institutions  of  Washington  (Semester  in  American  Studies),  and  journalism  in 
Washington  (Journalism  Semester). 

Degrees:  BA.  degree  with  a  major  in  history  or  political  science. 

Majors:  (History)  Four  one  semester  courses  in  European  history:  History  125  and  235/ 
236  or  History  126  and  225/226  or  History  225/226  and  235/236  in  American  history;  one 
course  from  among  History  343,  344,  345,  346;  and  History  213  and  412  for  a  minimum  of  30 
hours. 

(Political  Science)  Political  Science  111/112, 211, 212, 217, 311, 312, 411, 412  and  413,  plus 
History  125  and  235/236  or  126  and  225/226  for  a  minimum  of  39  hours  or  History  225/226  and 
235/236  for  a  total  of  42  hours. 


76    Hist.  &  Pol.  Sci. 


Courses  in  History 

111/112.  History  of  Western  Civilization  I,  II.  The 

first  semester  covers  the  development  of  Western  European 
culture  in  all  its  aspects  from  its  Near  Eastern  origins  to 
about  1715.  The  second  semester  covers  its  evolution  dur- 
ing the  eighteenth,  nineteenth,  and  twentieth  centuries.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

125/126.  Survey  of  United  States  History  I,  II.  The 
first  semester  covers  the  development  of  the  United  States 
to  1865.  the  second  semester  from  1865  to  the  present. 


Special  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is  placed  upon 
historiographical  philosophy  and  method.  3  credits  per  se- 
mester. 

211.  Greek  and  Roman  History.  An  examination  of 
the  origins,  structure,  and  values  of  Greek  and  Roman 
societies  from  about  1200  B.  C.  to  about  500  A.  D.  The 
Mediterranean  nature  of  these  cultures  and  the  historians' 
treatment  of  them  are  emphasized.  3  credits. 


212.  The  Middle  Ages.  A  study  of  the  emergence  of  a 
European  society  from  500  to  1300.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
social  and  intellectual  aspect  of  medieval  life,  and  the  his- 
toriographical record  is  analyzed.  3  credits. 

213.  Introduction  to  Historiography.  Theory  and 
practice  in  the  writing  of  history.  The  work  of  selected 
historians  is  studied  and  each  student  conducts  and  reports 
upon  his  own  research.  Training  is  given  in  research  meth- 
ods and  in  the  preparation  of  research  reports.  3  credits. 

221.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation:  1300  to 
1600.  A  study  of  the  beginnings  of  the  modern  era.  paying 
particular  attention  to  the  inter-relationships  between  its 
political,  social,  economic,  and  intellectual  aspects.  3  cred- 
its. 

222.  The  Old  Regime:  17th  and  18th  Centuries.  An 
investigation  of  the  impact  of  modern  science  and  thought 
upon  the  development  of  Western  European  culture.  Partic- 
ular attention  is  paid  to  the  nature  of  European  society 
before  the  era  of  revolutions.  3  credits. 

224.  British  History  from  the  Tudors  to  the  Present. 
A  survey  focused  on  the  British  Isles  from  Henry  VII  to 
Elizabeth  II.  The  cultural  evolution  of  the  English  people  is 
studied  with  emphasis  on  the  political-social-intellectual 
configuration.  3  credits. 

225.  American  History  to  1800.  An  examination  is 
made  of  all  aspects  of  the  development  of  the  United  States 
from  its  European  origins  to  1800.  Historiographical  issues, 
methods,  and  problems  are  stressed.  3  credits. 

226.  American  History  from  1800  to  1865.  The 

developments  of  nineteenth  century  American  history  to 
the  end  of  the  Civil  War  are  studied,  with  special  attention 
to  historiographical  concerns.  3  credits. 

235.  The  United  States:  1865  to  1920.  American 
history  from  the  end  of  the  Civil  War  through  World  War  I 
is  analyzed  and  interpreted,  with  emphasis  upon  historiog- 
raphy. 3  credits. 

236.  The  United  States:  1920  to  the  Present.  The 

development  of  the  United  States  since  1920  is  studied  in 
all  its  aspects.  Historiographical  interpretation  is  stressed. 
3  credits. 

33 1 .  The  Era  of  Revolutions:  1 789  to  1 870.  A  study 
of  the  political  and  economic  changes  in  Europe  from  1789 
to  1870  and  the  total  cultural  impact  of  these  changes.  3 
credits. 

332.  Modern  Europe:  1870  to  1945.  An  analysis  of 
the  nineteenth  century  state  system,  its  economic  and  so- 
cial bases,  its  ideology,  and  its  evolution  through  world  wars 
and  technological  revolutions.  3  credits. 

333.  The  Western  Tradition  Since  1945.  Beginning 
with  the  reconstruction  following  World  War  II,  the  course 
focuses  upon  the  intellectual,  social,  and  broadly  political 
significance  of  the  period  in  the  context  of  the  continuing 
Western  tradition.  3  credits. 

334.  European  Intellectual  History.  The  course  ex- 
amines main  currents  of  European  thought  from  the  Re- 


naissance to  the  present.  Major  themes  to  he  studied  will 
be  war  and  peace,  social  and  economic  reform,  and  revolu- 
tion. Primary  materials  will  be  emphasized.  3  credits. 

343.  History  of  Russia.  A  survey  of  Russian  history 
from  ancient  times  to  the  present,  with  special  attention  to 
developments  since  the  seventeenth  century.  3  credits. 

344.  History  of  the  Far  East.  A  survey  of  the  political, 
economic,  and  cultural  institutions  of  China  and  Japan, 
with  special  emphasis  given  to  the  Western  impact  on  these 
institutions  after  1500.  3  credits. 

345.  History  of  Latin  America.  A  survey  of  the  Latin 
American  republics  from  their  colonial  beginnings  to  the 
present  time.  3  credits. 

346.  Introduction  to  the  History  of  African  Cul- 
ture. A  survey  of  African  culture  from  the  tenth-century 
Sudanic  origins  to  the  present  day.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  3  credits. 

349.  Select  Problems  in  History.  A  course  to  provide 
the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic 
of  special  interest.  Open  to  junior  and  senior  history  majors 
and  to  other  students  by  permission  of  the  instructor.  3 
credits. 

400.  Internship.  Supervised  academic  and  field  experi- 
ence in  historic  preservation  or  other  museum-related  ca- 
reers. Participants  will  be  selected  by  members  of  the  De- 
partment staff.  3-6  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  15}. 


Hist.  &  Pol.  Sci.     77 


78    Hist.  &  Pol.  Sci. 


412.  Senior  Seminar  in  History.  A  review  of  the  stu- 
dent's college  program  in  history,  with  reading,  discussion, 
and  writing  to  serve  the  following  purposes:  (II  synthesis 
of  previous  course  work  in  history;  (2)  relation  of  the  aca- 
demic discipline  of  history  to  other  fields  of  knowledge;  and 
(3)  formulation  and  expression  of  a  personal  philosophy  of 
history  by  each  student.  Open  only  to  senior  departmental 
majors.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  students 
who  wish  to  undertake  an  independent  study  project  in 
history.  Open  to  all  students,  subject  to  the  following  qual- 
ifications: Those  who  do  not  desire  departmental  honors 
are  admitted  by  permission  of  the  instructor  who  agrees  to 
accept  supervision  of  the  student's  work.  Students  desiring 
departmental  honors  must  meet  the  conditions  set  forth 
above  under  "Departmental  Honors."  1-3  credits  per  se- 
mester. (Maximum  of  9). 

Courses  in  Political  Science 

111/112.  American  National  Government  I,  II.  The 

first  semester  includes  a  consideration  of  the  nature  of 
democracy,  constitutional  foundations  of  American  govern- 
ment, the  federal  system  of  government,  civil  rights  and 
liberties.  American  political  behavior,  political  parties,  and 
campaigns  and  elections.  The  second  semester  includes  the 
study  of  the  structures  and  functions  of  American  govern- 
ment (the  Presidency,  the  Congress,  the  Courts,  and  the 
bureaucracy)  and  the  foreign  and  domestic  policy-making 
processes.  3  credits  per  semester. 

211.  Comparative  Government.  A  comparative  study 
of  important  political  systems  of  the  world,  including  an 
introduction  to  the  basic  methodologies.  //  is  strongly  rec- 
ommended that  Political  Science  1  IT  112  be  taken  previ- 
ously or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

212.  American  Foreign  Policy.  A  survey  of  the  external 
relations  of  American  government,  with  emphasis  on  twen- 
tieth century  developments.  Subject  areas  include  diplo- 
macy, military  affairs,  geographic  and  regional  problems, 
trade  and  aid.  technology  and  underdevelopment,  alliances, 
nuclear  problems,  and  opposing  ideologies.  //  is  strongly 
recommended  that  Political  Science  111  112  be  taken  pre- 
viously or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

217.  Research  Methods  in  Political  Science.  A  course 
in  the  conduct  and  interpretation  of  research  in  political 
science.  Topics  covered  include:  formulation  of  a  research 
problem,  research  design,  techniques  of  scaling  and  mea- 
surement, data  collection  and  analysis,  and  writing  the  re- 
search report.  Prerequisites:  a  major  in  political  science 
and  sophomore  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Mathematics  170.  Elementary  Statistics,  is  strongly  rec- 
ommended. 3  credits. 

219.  State  and  Local  Government.  This  course  deals 
with  governmental  institutions  and  political  characteristics 
of  state  and  local  political  systems.  It  also  examines  the 
major  intergovernmental  problems  in  state  and  local  rela- 
tionships with  the  national  government.  It  is  strongly  rec- 


ommended that  Political  Science  1111112  be  taken  previ- 
ously or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

311.  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States.  A  study 
of  the  origins  and  history  of  American  political  parties, 
their  development,  organization,  leaders,  conventions,  plat- 
forms, and  campaigns.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that 
Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously  or  concur- 
rently. 3  credits. 

312.  American  Constitutional  Law.  A  study  of  the 
growth  and  development  of  the  Constitution  through  the 
medium  of  judicial  construction.  Recent  decisions  illustrat- 
ing its  application  to  new  conditions  of  the  present  age.  and 
proposals  for  court  modification  are  given  particular  atten- 
tion. It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science 
111/112  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

313.  Foundations  of  American  Law.  This  course  pro- 
vides an  historical  survey  of  the  Western  legal  tradition 
from  classical  times  through  eighteenth  century  concep- 
tions of  the  English  common  law  as  an  introduction  to  the 
study  of  the  evolution  of  American  law.  It  is  strongly  rec- 
ommended for  pre-law  students.  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

314.  Public  Opinion.  An  analysis  of  the  nature  and 
sources  of  contemporary  public  opinion,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  methods  of  determining  public  opinion.  3  credits. 

350.  Select  Problems  in  Political  Science.  A  course 
to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in 
depth  a  topic  of  special  interest.  //  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously 
or  concurrently. 

400.  Internship.  Supervised  academic  and  field  experi- 
ence in  a  governmental  agency,  with  an  elected  public  offi- 
cial, or  in  electoral  activity.  Participants  will  be  selected  by 
members  of  the  Department  staff.  Prerequisite:  Political 
Science  111/112.  3-6  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of 
15). 

411.  Political  Theory.  A  survey  of  the  different  philoso- 
phies and  theories  of  government,  ancient  and  modern, 
with  special  reference  to  political  philosophy  since  the  six- 
teenth century.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political 
Science  1111112  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently.  3 
credits. 

412.  Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science.  Reading, 
discussion,  and  written  assignments  to  accomplish  the  fol- 
lowing purposes:  (1)  relation  of  the  discipline  to  other  fields 
of  knowledge  and  (2)  development  and  expression  of  an 
individual  political  philosophy  by  the  student.  Prerequisites: 
a  major  in  political  science  and  senior  standing:  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

413.  International  Politics.  A  course  in  the  origin, 
forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of  the  international  politi- 
cal pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and 
changing  concepts  in  world  politics.  //  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  previously 
or  concurrently.  3  credits. 


500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  students 
who  wish  to  undertake  an  independent  study  project  in 
political  science.  Open  to  all  students,  subject  to  the  follow- 
ing qualifications:  Those  who  do  not  desire  departmental 
honors  are  admitted  by  permission  of  the  instructor  who 


agrees  to  accept  supervision  of  the  student's  work.  Students 
desiring  departmental  honors  must  meet  the  conditions  set 
forth  above  under  "Departmental  Honors."  1-3  credits  per 
semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Students  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  major  in  humanities,  taking  courses  from  a  variety  of 
departments,  and  combining  them  in  such  a  way  as  to  create  a  major  suited  to  a  specific 
individual's  needs.  The  major  examines  mankind's  response  to  his  speculative  and  creative 
urges,  and  explores  human  values  through  literature,  art,  music  and  philosophy. 

This  interdisciplinary  approach  allows  the  student  to  explore  the  humanities  in  more  breadth 
than  do  the  traditional  majors  and  at  the  same  time  allows  for  a  degree  of  concentration  in  one 
specific  area  of  the  humanities. 

The  program  is  concerned  with  the  full  intellectual  development  of  the  student  as  well  as 
with  vocational  preparation,  such  as  for  graduate,  theological,  and  law  schools,  and  for  careers 
in  business  and  government. 

Degree:  B  A.  degree  with  a  major  in  humanities. 

Major:  A  core  set  of  courses  is  required  including  Art  1 10,  Art  201  or  203;  English  227/228; 
Foreign  Language  115, 116  (French,  German  or  Spanish);  Music  100;  Philosophy  110. 228;  and 
History  111/112,  for  a  total  of  33  hours,  and  concentration  in  one  of  the  following  areas: 

English:  English  221, 222, 322, 337,  for  a  total  of  12  hours. 

Fbreign  Language:  12  additional  hours  in  the  same  language  above  the  1 16  level. 

Philosophy:  Philosophy  120;  and  323  or  333,  and  any  other  two  courses  in  philosophy  for  a 

total  of  12  hours. 


Humanities 


Advisers: 

Dr.  Ford 
Dr.  Iglesias 
Mr.  Thompson 


"'  -■■«'.,» 


i  lie  liliinnnj,;,.     . 

-""'•  &'i&»TO£&l3'  *?*  tot. 


Humanities     79 


Individual- 
ized Major 

Advisers: 

Determined  by  areas  of 
concentration 


Occasionally  a  student  finds  that  his  career  goals  cannot  be  met  by  a  traditional  major  at  the 
college.  For  this  student  an  individualized  major  may  be  a  logical  choice.  Working  with  two 
advisors  a  student  develops  a  plan  of  study  including  a  rationale  for  the  specific  major,  a  schedule 
for  taking  existing  college  courses  which  relate  to  the  individualized  major,  as  well  as  describing 
those  courses  which  the  student  needs  to  pursue  on  an  independent  study  basis.  The  plan  of 
study  must  also  include  those  courses  to  fulfill  the  general  requirements  of  the  college.  The 
curriculum  is  then  submitted  to  the  dean  of  the  faculty  for  approval. 

Degrees:  B  A  or  B.S.  degree  (depending  upon  concentration)  with  an  individualized  major. 

Requirements:  Those  courses  specified  within  the  approved  individualized  major  plus 
those  courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college. 


Internation- 
al Business 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Scott 


Languages 

(See  Fbreign  Languages) 

Latin 

(See  Fbreign  Languages) 


The  program  in  international  business  provides  a  unique  opportunity  to  integrate  the  study 
of  business  with  the  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and  culture.  It  is  designed  to  equip  students 
with  the  background  and  skills  necessary  to  work  with  foreign  corporations  within  the  United 
States  and  with  American  corporations  abroad.  While  acquiring  a  strong  liberal  arts  background, 
students  who  elect  this  major  will  receive  training  in  accounting,  business  administrataion, 
economics  and  political  science.  They  also  will  become  familiar  with  a  foreign  culture  and  will 
acquire  proficiency  in  French,  German  or  Spanish.  International  business  majors  are  encour- 
aged to  apply  for  internships  in  order  to  gain  valuable  field  experience. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  international  business. 

Major:  Accounting  151,  152;  Business  Administration  180,  361,  376;  Economics  110,  120, 
332;  Political  Science  211,  413;  French,  German  or  Spanish  215,  216;  and  two  other  courses  in 
the  selected  foreign  language  above  the  intermediate  level  (111,  112),  for  a  total  of  42  hours. 


The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  offers  one  of  the  most  modern,  versatile,  and 
respected  undergraduate  programs  in  the  country.  Since  1974, 95  percent  of  the  graduates  from 
the  department  have  found  attractive  mathematical  employment,  or  continued  in  graduate 
school.  Since  1970,  the  number  of  majors  in  the  department  has  more  than  doubled,  while 
nationwide  the  comparable  number  is  less  than  one-third  of  what  it  was  in  1970. 

The  department  offers  a  wide  range  of  courses  which  support  major  programs  in 
Actuarial  Science,  Computer  Science,  Mathematics,  and  Operations  Research.  The  major  in 
Mathematics  can  be  tailored  to  prepare  for  Graduate  School,  Secondary  School  Teaching, 
Industrial  Mathematics,  or  to  dove-tail  with  a  second  major  in  another  department.  A  Special 
Topics  course  allows  coverage  of  material  specifically  requested  by  interested  students.  In 
Independent  Study,  outstanding  students  conduct  further  study  and  research  in  areas  for  which 
they  show  particular  talent  and  interest.  An  Internship  Program  provides  a  further  broadening 
of  the  students'  experience. 

In  the  last  five  years,  we  have  placed  systems  analysts  with  PP&L,  AT&T  Long  Lines,  Air 
Products,  Western  Electric,  Hershey  Foods,  EDS,  the  State  of  Delaware;  applied  mathematicians 
with  the  US  Treasury  Department,  American  Bank  and  Trust  Co..  Smidth  Industries;  teachers 
in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  and  Maryland;  computer  scientists  with  G.E.,  Westinghouse,  Blue 
Shield,  and  a  school  district.  Two  of  our  graduates  have  started  their  own  computer  software 
consulting  firm.  Finally,  our  graduates  received  graduate  assistantships  in  Mathematics,  Com- 
puter Science,  or  Operations  Research  from  Hawaii,  SUNY,  North  Carolina  State,  Wisconsin, 
Cornell,  Carnegie-Mellon,  Lehigh,  Washington  State,  and  Delaware  Universities.  In  1977,  1978 
and  1981  graduates  held  Fulbright  Scholarships  for  study  overseas. 

The  major  in  ACTUARIAL  SCIENCE  is  rather  unique.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the  only  four- 
year  college  east  of  the  Mississippi  which  offers  courses  specifically  designed  to  prepare  for  the 
first  five  examinations  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries  and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society. 

In  Actuarial  Science  the  demand  for  our  graduates  is,  and  will  continue  to  be,  much  larger 
than  the  supply. -During  the  last  five  years,  we  have  placed  graduates  with  Provident  Mutual, 
Prudential,  Reliance,  State  Mutual,  Liberty  Mutual,  GEICO,  Allstate,  Crum  &  Forster,  Prupac 
and  other  insurance  companies,  and  with  the  consulting  firms  of  Conrad  M.  Siegel,  and 
Alexander  &  Alexander.  A  special  option  recognizes  the  need  for  mathematically  trained  persons 
in  forest  management:  after  three  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  two  years  at  Duke 
University,  a  student  can  receive  the  B.S.  in  Actuarial  Science  from  LVC,  and  the  M.S.  in  Forestry 
from  Duke  University. 

The  major  in  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  has  a  strong  scientific  orientation,  conforming  with  the 
recommendations  of  the  Association  for  Computing  Machinery.  Required  courses  in  Physics  will 
acquaint  the  student  with  the  hardware  aspects  of  computers,  and  an  internship  in  a  business 
computer  operation  will  expose  him  to  the  "real  world"  of  computer  applications.  The  curricu- 
lum includes  courses  in  English,  Psychology,  and  Philosophy  in  order  to  expand  the  student's 
view  of  the  societal  and  ethical  implications  of  computer  technology. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the  only  four-year  college  in  the  East  to  offer  a  major  in  OPERA- 
TIONS RESEARCH  with  a  strong  foundation  in  Mathematics.  In  scope  and  importance  to 
society  this  field  may  be  the  fastest  growing  of  the  applied  mathematical  sciences. 

A  rigorous  study  of  MATHEMATICS  is  the  common  foundation  of  all  four  major  programs  in 


Mathemati- 
cal Sciences 


Faculty: 

Miss  Burras 

Dr.  Chi 

Dr.  Fleischman 

Dr.  Hearsey 

Dr.  Mayer  (Chmn.) 


Math.  Sci.     81 


the  department.  The  core  courses  required  of  all  students  in  the  department  provide  the  first 
phase  of  this  effort.  This  core  structure  allows  each  student  complete  flexibility  in  the  choice  of 
one  of  the  four  majors,  usually  by  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  study.  A  strong  effort  is  made  not 
to  differentiate  between  the  students  in  the  department  by  majors.  Thus,  talented  students  of 
any  major  are  encouraged  to  be  a  member  of  the  departmental  Putnam  Examination  team 
which  participates  annually  in  this  national  mathematics  competition.  Similarly,  the  Mathemat- 
ics Club  is  open  to  any  interested  student.  This  club  sponsors  a  variety  of  activities  including  an 
annual  mathematics  competition  for  area  high  school  students. 

Degrees:  B.S.  with  a  major  in  mathematics.  B.S.  with  a  major  in  actuarial  science.  B.S. 
with  a  major  in  computer  science.  B.S.  with  a  major  in  operations  research. 

Majors:  (Core)  MA  111.  112. 211. 222. 266.  CS241. 

(Mathematics)  Core  plus  15  hours  in  courses  numbered  above  300. 

(Actuarial  Science)  Core  plus  Mathematics  371,  372;  Actuarial  Science  385,  386,  481, 
482;  Operations  Research  335:  Accounting  151,  152:  Economics  110.  120:  also.  Exam  1  of  the 
Society  of  Actuaries  must  be  passed  by  the  fall  of  the  senior  year. 

(Computer  Science)  Core  plus  Mathematics  322,  463.  464:  Computer  Science  341,  342, 
400. 441:  English  215:  Philosophy  228:  Physics  103. 104, 212:  Psychology  100. 337. 

(Operations  Research)  Core  plus  Mathematics  371,  372:  Operations  Research  335,  336. 
431,  500:  Business  Administration  180:  Economics  201:  English  215;  Philosophy  228:  Psychol- 
ogy 100. 337. 


82    Math.  Sci. 


Courses  In  Mathematics 

100.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  An  outline  of 
some  basic  mathematical  ideas  and  techniques.  3  credits. 
102.  Algebra  and  Trigonometry.  An  introduction  to 
college  algebra  and  trigonometry.  3  credits. 
Ill,  112.  Analysis  I,  n.  A  rigorous  calculus  sequence 
for  majors  of  the  department.  5  credits  per  semester. 

160.  Finite  Mathematics  and  Calculus  for  Busi- 
ness. Introduction  to  finite  mathematics  and  calculus  for 
students  in  business.  3  credits. 

161,  162.  Calculus  I,  II.  A  calculus  sequence  with  em- 
phasis on  applications.  3  credits  per  semester. 

166.  Calculus  II  and  Differential  Equations.  A  con- 
tinuation of  MA  161  with  applications  in  biology  and  medi- 
cine. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  161.  3  credits. 
170.  Elementary  Statistics.  Elementary  descriptive 
and  inferential  statistics.  3  credits. 
211.  Analysis  HI.  Continuation  of  Analysis  I.  II.  Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics  112.  3  credits. 

222.  Linear  Algebra.  Vectors,  matrices,  systems  of  equa- 
tions. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  112.  3  credits. 
261.  Calculus  ID.  Continuation  of  Calculus  I.  II.  Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics  162.3  credits. 

266.  Differential  Equations.  First  and  second  order 
differential  equations,  partial  differential  equations.  Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics  211  or  261.  3  credits. 


270.  Intermediate  Statistics.  An  advanced  version  of 
Mathematics  170. 3  credits. 

300.  Seminar.  A  seminar  devoted  to  problem  solving 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  211.  1  credit. 
322.  Abstract  Algebra.  Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings, 
fields.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  222.  3  credits. 
325.  Geometry.  Axiomatic  geometry.  Euclidean  and  non- 
Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  112.  3 
credits. 


361,  362.  Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  I,  II. 

Integral  equations,  Fourier  transforms,  partial  differential 
equations.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  266.  3  credits  per  se- 
mester. 

371.  Mathematical  Probability.  Random  variables, 
probability  law  and  distributions.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
211.  3  credits. 

372.  Mathematical  Statistics.  Generating  functions, 
decision  theory,  tests  of  hypotheses.  Prerequisite:  Mathe- 
matics 371.  3  credits. 

411.  Foundations  of  Mathematics.  The  topology  of 
real  and  complex  number  spaces.  Prerequisite:  Mathemat- 
ics 211.  3  credits. 

412.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  Analytic  func- 
tions, Cauchy  theorem,  conformal  mapping.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  211.  3  credits. 

450.  Special  Topics.  Subjects  chosen  by  student  inter- 
est. 3  credits. 

452.  Seminar  for  Teachers.  Issues  of  concern  to  the 
prospective  secondary  school  teacher.  1  credit. 
463,  464.  Numerical  Analysis  I,  II.  Numerical  inte- 
gration, interpolation,  differential  equations,  matrix  meth- 
ods. Prerequisites:  Mathematics  266.  Computer  Science 
241.  3  credits  per  semester. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Independent  study  and  re- 
search. Variable  credit. 


Courses  In  Actuarial  Science 

385.  Theory  of  Interest.  Study  of  material  for  the  part 
4  Society  of  Actuaries,  Casualty  Actuarial  Society,  and  En- 
rollment Actuaries  examination.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
211.  3  credits. 

386.  Numerical  Analysis  for  Actuaries.  Study  of  ma- 
terial for  the  part  3  Society  of  Actuaries  and  Casualty  Ac- 
tuarial Society'  examination.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  211. 
3  credits. 

481.  Life  Contingencies  I.  Study  of  material  for  the 
part  4  Society  of  Actuaries.  Casualty  Actuarial  Society,  and 


Enrollment  Actuaries  examination.  Prerequisite:  Mathe- 
matics 372.  3  credits. 

482.  Life  Contingencies  II.  Continuation  of  Actuarial 
Science  481.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  372.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Study  of  material  for  further 
Society  of  Actuaries  or  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  exami- 
nations. Variable  credit. 

Courses  In  Computer  Science 

241.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science.  Languages, 
algorithms.  BASIC-PLUS  programming.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  112.  3  credits. 

341.  Computer  Organization  and  Assembler.  Com- 
puter architecture,  assembly  language,  applications.  Pre- 
requisite: Computer  Science  241.  3  credits. 

342.  Data  Structures.  Graphs,  trees,  lists,  files,  appli- 
cations. Prerequisite:  Computer  Science  241.  3  credits. 
400.  Internship.  A  summer  internship  with  business  or 
industry.  3  credits. 

441.    Programming    Languages    and    Compilers. 
Grammars,  recognizers,  symbol  tables,  storage  allocation. 
Prerequisite:  Computer  Science  241.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Computer  hardware,  input/ 
output  devices.  Variable  credit. 

Courses  in  Operations  Research 

335.  Operations  Research  I.  Linear  Programming, 
queuing  theory,  decision  theory.  Includes  material  for  the 
part  3  Society  of  Actuaries  and  Casualty  Actuarial  Society 
examination.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  211.  222.  3  cred- 
its. 

336.  Operation  Research  II.  Further  topics  in  Opera- 
tions Research.  Prerequisite:  Operations  Research  335.  3 
credits. 

431.  Systems  and  Simulation.  General  systems  the- 
ory, hierarchies,  simulation  methods.  Prerequisite:  Opera- 
tions Research  335.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Study  of  further  topics  in  op- 
erations research.  Variable  credit. 


In  medical  technology  the  student  takes  three  years  of  courses  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in 
order  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  college  and  of  the  Board  of  Schools  of  the  American 
Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists.  Preceding  or  during  the  third  year  of  the  program  at  LVC  a 
student  applies  to  a  hospital  with  an  American  Medical  Association  approved  school  of  medical 
technology,  where  he  spends  the  fourth  year  of  training.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  gain 
admission  to  such  a  program.  Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  one-year  internship,  the 
student  is  awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  by  Lebanon  Valley 
College. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  currently  affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals:  Abington  Memorial 
Hospital,  Sacred  Heart  Hospital  (in  Allentown),  Harrisburg  Hospital,  Polyclinic  Medical  Center 


Medical 
Technology 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Pollack 


Med.  Tech.     83 


of  Harrisburg,  Jersey  Shore  Medical  Center-Fitkin  Hospital,  Lancaster  General  Hospital  and 
Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center.  However,  the  student  is  not  limited  to  these  affiliations 
and  may  seek  acceptance  at  any  approved  hospital  of  his  choice. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  for  the  medical  technology  curriculum  include  Biology 
111/112,  202,  306  and  eight  hours  which  typically  may  include  Biology  201  and/or  305,  291 
(Special  Topics  in  Immunology,  Special  Topics  in  Parasitology)  292  (Special  Topics  in  Instrumen- 
tation: Chemistry  111,  112,  113,  114,  213,  214.  215,  216;  Physics  103,  104;  Mathematics  170; 
courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  and  an  overall  minimum  of  92  semester  hours  which 
include  two  hours  of  physical  education. 


Metropoli- 
tan 
Semester 


Adviser: 

Dr.  Hanes 


Lebanon  Valley  College  sponsors  an  urban  semester  program  through  the  Metropolitan 
Collegiate  Center  of  Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  This  is  a  one-semester  program 
of  a  pre-professional  internship  and  academic  seminars  relating  to  the  city.  The  program  is 
designed  especially  for  students  who  are  interested  in  cities  and  the  opportunity  of  living  and 
working  in  a  pluralistic  urban  world;  or  who  want  the  practical  and  personal  advantages  of  a 
concrete  work  experience  especially  for  purposes  of  vocational  and  educational  decisions. 

Internship  placements  are  available  in  a  diverse  range  of  social  service,  mental  health,  law 
enforcement,  medical  research,  and  health-care-delivery  agencies.  15  academic  credits  are 
offered  in  the  program. 


84    Metro.  Semester 


Courses  in  the  Metropolitan  Semester 

240.  Theology  in  the  City.  An  intensive  study  of  the 
process  of  theological  thinking,  using  the  student's  experi- 
ences in  the  city  as  primary  data:  study  of  the  life  of  the 
church  and  its  engagement  in  society:  study  of  the  poor 
and  oppressed  and  the  relationship  of  the  church  to  such 
people.  The  course  will  be  taught  largely  by  the  inductive 
method,  relying  to  a  great  extent  on  the  student's  initiative 
in  being  involved  in  urban  life.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor.  3  credits. 

250.  Work  Internship,  internships  in  service,  technical 
and  business  agencies  and  institutions  of  choice  of  students 
are  supervised  by  staff  members  of  the  Metropolitan  Semes- 
ter. Three-and-one-half  or  four  days  per  week.  6  credits. 
260.  Metropolitan  Seminar.  The  seminar  surveys  the 
major  issues  in  urban  America,  using  Philadelphia  as  the 
point  of  reference.  3  credits. 

270.  The  City  and  Fine  Arts.  An  introductory  survey  of 
fine  arts  related  to  urban  life  as  exemplified  in  Philadelphia. 
Regular  seminar  work  is  supplemented  by  field  studies  in 
institutions  such  as  the  Art  Museum,  Philadelphia  Orches- 
tra. Theatre,  and  the  like.  3  credits. 
280.  Social  Sciences  Research  Seminar.  The  semi- 
nar surveys  the  nature  of  social  research  with  special  em- 
phasis on  methods  of  collecting  valid  data.  Students  design 
and  complete  a  small  research  study  on  a  relevant  urban 
problem.  3  credits. 


290.  Values  Seminar.  Students  examine  ethical  issues 
and  moral  dilemmas  which  arise  from  personal  life,  work 
in  large  organizations,  and  the  conduct  of  public  policy.  3 
credits. 


Students  who  major  in  any  of  the  three  areas  in  the  Music  Department  (music  performance, 
sacred  music,  music  education)  quickly  realize  the  aims  of  the  program  to  be  the  preparation  of 
performers,  church  musicians  and  teachers;  the  teaching  of  music  historically  and  aesthetically 
as  an  element  of  liberal  culture;  the  offering  of  courses  that  give  a  thorough  and  practical 
understanding  of  theoretical  subjects. 

Each  music  student  regardless  of  his  major  takes  a  required  core  of  both  theory  and  history 
courses.  Each  individual  major,  then,  augments  the  basic  core  requirements  to  meet  the  needs 
of  performers,  teachers,  and  church  musicians. 

Attendance  at  a  portion  of  faculty  and  student  recitals  is  compulsory.  All  majors  in  the 
department  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on  campus  in  their  principal  performance 
medium.  Students  whose  major  applied  instrument  is  organ  are  required  to  study  piano, 
continuing  until  they  have  attained  a  level  of  proficiency  as  determined  by  the  organ  staff. 
Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  majors.  One-half  hour  of  private 
instruction  is  included  in  the  basic  tuition. 

The  MUSIC  PERFORMANCE  major  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal  arts 
context  in  their  preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music. 

All  majors  are  required  to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  their  principal  performance 
medium  and  are  expected  to  perform  a  half  recital  in  the  junior  year,  and  a  full  recital  in  the 
senior  year. 

All  majors  outside  of  the  keyboard  area  are  required  to  study  piano  (private  or  class)  until  the 
minimum  requirements  have  been  met. 

The  SACRED  MUSIC  major  prepares  students  for  full-time  work  as  directors  of  church  music, 
as  ministers  of  music,  or  as  college  teachers.  The  program  is  open  to  those  individuals  whose 
interest  falls  mainly  within  the  areas  of  voice  or  organ. 

All  majors  are  required  to  acquire  sufficient  skill  to  assume  responsibilities  as  a  qualified 
parish  church  musician. 

Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  organ  are  required  to  study  voice  for  at  least 
two  years,  one  of  which  may  be  class  experience. 

Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  voice,  upon  admission  to  the  program,  are 
expected  to  show  sufficient  keyboard  proficiency  so  that  after  two  additional  years  of  piano  study 
(normally  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year)  they  may  benefit  from  a  year  of  organ  study. 

The  MUSIC  EDUCATION  major,  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  and 
the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  is  designed  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  public 
school  music.  Additional  courses  are  determined  by  the  student's  selection  of  a  track  program. 
The  track  programs  may  be  of  a  general  nature  or  may  be  a  concentration  in  either  the 
instrumental  or  the  keyboard/vocal  fields.  In  all  cases  the  student  participates  in  student  teach- 
ing in  elementary  and  secondary  schools  and  is  responsible  for  transportation  arrangements  to 
and  from  the  teaching  location. 

The  music  education  curriculum  requires  voice  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum 
of  one  year  and  piano  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  two  years.  A  competency 
jury  must  be  passed  successfully  in  each  area. 

Graduates  of  the  Music  Department  often  attend  graduate  school,  teach  in  elementary  and 
secondary  schools  and  colleges  and  universities,  perform  as  recitalists  and  serve  as  full  and  part- 


Music 


Faculty: 

Dr.  T.  Albrecht 
Mr.  Bilger  (Adj.) 
Mrs.  Bowers  (Adj.) 
Mr.  Burrichter 
Mr.  Chandler  (Adj.) 
Dr.  Curfman 
Mrs.  Englebright 
Mr.  Fairlamb 
Mr.  Geissel 
Dr.  Getz 

Mrs.  Gingrich  (Adj.) 
Mr.  Goebel  (Adj.) 
Mrs.  Knisley  (Adj.) 
Dr.  Lau(Chmn.) 
Mr.  Meashey  (Adj.) 
Mr.  Morgan 
Mr.  Reed  (Adj.) 
Dr.  Richardson 
Dr.  Rose 
Mr.  Smith 
Mr.  Strohman  (Adj.) 
Dr.  Sweigart 


Music    85 


time  church  musicians.  Graduate  schools  represented  by  LVC  music  alumni  include  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  the  University  of  Michigan.  Iowa  State,  the  University  of  Miami,  Penn  State 
University,  Arizona  State  and  The  University  of  North  Carolina  to  name  a  few.  Other  graduates  of 
the  college  hold  such  varied  positions  as  free-lance  musician/composer  and  former  assistant 
musical  director  of  the  ABC  Dick  Cavett  Show  Orchestra,  professor  of  music  at  West  Chester 
State  College,  first  chair  trench  horn  for  the  Philadelphia  Orchestra,  and  president  of  Music 
Educators  National  Conference  (MENC). 

Degrees:  BA.  degree  with  a  major  in  applied  music.  BA.  degree  with  a  major  in  sacred 
music.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  music  education. 

Majors:  (Core  Courses)  Music  115, 116, 117, 118. 215, 217. 226. 246,  316, 341/342,  530, 
540. 

(Applied  Music)  Core  courses  plus  Music  132  (for  voice  majors)  224,  315,  329,  351-354 
(for  organ  majors),  and  462,  for  a  minimum  of  49  credits. 

(Sacred  Music)  Core  courses  plus  Music  132,  224,  315,  321,  322,  347,  351-354  (for  organ 
majors)  421,  and  422,  for  a  minimum  of  55  credits. 

(Music  Education)  Core  courses  plus  Music  227,  231,  232,  334.  335,  337,  441,  607  and 
the  choice  of  one  of  the  following  track  svstems: 

General:  Music  123, 124,  328,  333,  336. 338,  345  or  347, 416, 402  or  404,  for  a  minimum  of 

72  credits. 

Instrumental:  Music  123.  124.  328.  336.  338,  345.  402,  and  416,  for  a  minimum  of  69 

eyboard-Vocal:  Music  123, 132, 333, 347,  and  404,  for  a  minimum  of  66oe  credits. 


86    Music 


Courses  In  Music 

Theory  of  Music 

115.  Harmony  I.  A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music 
including  notation,  scales,  intervals,  and  triads;  the  connec- 
tion of  triads  by  harmonizing  melodies  and  basses  with 
fundamental  triads;  playing  of  simple  cadences  at  the  piano; 
analysis  of  phrases  and  periods.  2  credits. 

116.  Harmony  II.  A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh 
and  ninth  chords,  harmonizations  of  melodies  and  figured 
basses;  analysis  and  composition  of  the  smaller  forms; 
modulation.  2  credits. 

117.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  I.  A  beginning 
course  in  the  singing  and  aural  recognition  of  intervals, 
scales,  triads  and  simple  harmonic  progressions.  2  credits. 

118.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  II.  A  continua- 
tion of  the  above  with  emphasis  on  more  difficult  tonal 
problems.  Sight  singing  exercises  in  four  clefs  employing 
modal  melodies,  remote  modulation,  super-imposed  back- 
ground and  meter  are  studied.  Corrective  dictation  and 
aural  recognition  of  more  difficult  harmonic  patterns  are 
stressed.  2  credits. 

215.  Harmony  III.  The  use  of  dominant  and  diminished 
sevenths  as  embellishments  of  and  substitutes  for  diatonic 
harmony:  harmonization  of  melodies  and  figured  basses; 
analysis  of  two  and  three-part  song  forms;  composition  in 
two-part  song  form.  Playing  of  more  advanced  cadences 
and  modulations  at  the  piano.  2  credits. 
217.  Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  and  Style.  A 
course  designed  to  develop  the  student's  knowledge  of  spe- 
cific musical  styles  resulting  from  the  synthesis  of  music's 
constituent  and  expressive  elements.  The  study  is  ap- 
proached through  listening  to,  discussing,  and  analyzing 
compositions  representing  a  variety  of  styles  and  media. 
Other  course  objectives  include:  acquaintance  with  litera- 
ture, comprehensive  application  of  the  basics  of  music  the- 
ory, and  development  of  musicianship.  2  credits. 
224.  Counterpoint.  Introductory  work  in  strict  counter- 
point through  three  and  four-part  work  in  all  the  species. 
2  credits. 

226.  Form  and  Analysis  I.  A  study  of  simple  and  com- 
pound forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and 
sonata  forms.  Compositions  in  these  forms  are  studied  pri- 
marily for  their  structural  content.  Course  includes  exten- 
sive listening.  2  credits. 

315.  Elementary  Composition.  Melody  analysis  and 
writing:  four-part  choral  writing;  continuation  of  two  and 
three-part  song-form  analysis  and  composition.  Composi- 
tion in  theme  and  variations,  fantasia,  rondo,  and  dance 
forms.  Study  of  contemporary  harmonic  ideas.  Majors  in 
music  and  sacred  music.  2  credits. 

316.  Keyboard  Harmony.  Work  at  the  piano  includes 
reading  from  figured  bass  and  score  reading.  Additional 
work  includes  transposition  and  improvisation.  (Students 
are  placed  in  elementary',  intermediate  or  advanced  sections 
on  the  basis  of  keyboard  ability.  The  successful  completion 


of  a  piano  jury  is  required  for  admission  to  the  course.  2 
credits. 

329.  Form  and  Analysis  II.  A  study  through  analysis 
and  listening  of  fugal  forms,  suite,  overture,  complete  so- 
nata forms  (evolution  of  the  symphony),  string  quartet,  the 
tone  poem.  Analysis  of  classical  and  contemporary  works  in 
these  forms.  Majors  in  music.  2  credits. 
420.  Arranging  and  Scoring  for  the  Stage  Band. 
Study  of  modern  harmony,  modulation,  style  analysis,  spe- 
cial instrumental  effects  as  applied  to  modern  arranging. 
Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of  sectional  and  en- 
semble voicings.  2  credits. 

416.  Orchestration.  Study  of  instrumentation,  devices, 
techniques,  and  mechanics  of  scoring  transcriptions,  ar- 
rangements and  solos  for  orchestra  and  concert  band;  spe- 
cial work  in  scoring  for  mixed  ensembles  as  they  occur  in 
public  schools.  Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of 
various  instrumental  colors  and  combinations.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  creative  scoring.  2  credits. 

Methods  and  Materials 

333.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Ele- 
mentary. A  comprehensive  study  of  general  music  teach- 
ing at  the  elementary  level,  including  the  rationale  for 
building  a  music  education  curriculum,  current  emphases 
in  music  education,  varied  approaches  for  developing  con- 
ceptual learning,  movement,  playing  classroom  instru- 
ments, introduction  to  Orff  and  Kodaly  techniques,  creative 
applications,  guided  listening,  the  child  voice,  materials, 
and  interest  centers  for  open  classrooms.  3  credits. 

334.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Ju- 
nior High  School.  Materials  and  approaches  for  junior 
high  school  general  music,  attention  to  the  organization 
and  presentation  of  a  varied  program,  and  recent  trends  in 
teaching.  Adolescent  voices,  creative  applications,  improvi- 
sation, guided  listening,  interest  centers,  units  of  study, 
and  characteristics  of  youth.  3  credits. 

335.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Fourth, 
Fifth  and  Sixth  Grades.  A  study  of  methods  and  ma- 
terials used  in  teaching  band  and  orchestral  instruments  to 
children  in  these  grades,  with  emphasis  on  a  sound  rhyth- 
mic approach.  Both  individual  and  class  techniques  are 
studied.  Musical  rudiments  as  applied  to  instrumental 
teaching  are  reviewed.  2  credits. 

336.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Junior 
and  Senior  High  School.  A  study  of  intermediate  and 
advanced  instrumental  teaching  techniques;  methods  of 
organizing  and  directing  school  orchestras  and  bands;  fun- 
damentals of  musicianship.  2  credits. 

402.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Prob- 
lems. A  study  of  the  general  and  specific  problems  which 
confront  the  director  of  school  orchestras,  bands,  and  in- 
strumental classes.  Problems  of  general  interest  include: 
organization  and  management,  stimulating  and  maintain- 
ing interest;  selecting  beginners:  scheduling  rehearsals  and 


Music     87 


88    Music 


class  lessons;  financing  and  purchasing  instruments,  uni- 
forms, and  other  equipment;  marching  band  formations 
and  drills;  evaluating  music  materials;  organizing  festivals, 
contests,  and  public  performances.  2  credits. 

404.  Music  Education  Seminar:  Secondary  Level. 
A  study  of  aspects  of  secondary'  school  vocal  music  curric- 
ulum and  related  course  offerings.  Topics  with  which  a  high 
school  choral  teacher  or  director  of  music  will  need  to  be 
knowledgeable  are  investigated  with  particular  attention 
given  to  those  problems  relating  to  the  responsibilities  of 
the  vocal  music  teacher.  Philosophy  of  music  education, 
music  theater,  tests  and  measurements,  elective  courses, 
planning  inservice  events,  and  choral  materials.  2  credits. 

405.  Methods  in  Piano  Pedagogy.  A  study  of  methods 
of  teaching  piano  to  children  and  adults.  The  course  in- 
cludes the  song  approach  method,  presentation  of  the  fun- 
damental principles  of  rhythm,  sight  reading,  tone  quality, 
form,  technique,  pedaling,  transposition,  and  the  harmo- 
nization of  simple  melodies.  Materials  are  examined  and 
discussed.  2  credits. 

412.  Electronic  Music.  An  introduction  to  the  use  and 
function  of  synthesizers  and  their  application  to  the  elec- 
tronic music  field,  with  special  attention  to  the  education 
area,  live  performance,  and  integration  with  studio  equip- 
ment. 1  credit. 

422.  Church  Music  Methods  and  Administration.  A 
course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  organiza- 
tion, direction  and  management  of  the  church  music  pro- 
gram. General  and  specific  problems  which  confront  the 
church  musician  are  discussed.  Topics  of  concern  include 
the  planning  and  development  of  a  sound  choir  program 
with  emphasis  on  solicitation  of  participants  and  the  main- 
tenance of  interest:  the  methods  and  techniques  of  re- 
hearsal: the  preparation  of  budget  and  the  management  of 
funds;  the  incorporation  of  the  church  year  in  the  selection 
of  literature;  committee  and  pastoral  relationships.  Sacred 
music  majors.  2  credits. 

Student  Teaching 

441.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  a  semester 
in  the  Music  Department  of  an  area  public  school  under 
the  supervision  of  cooperating  teachers.  Experiences  are 
provided  according  to  the  individual  student's  selection  of 
a  track  program,  with  emphasis  on  general,  instrumental, 
or  keyboard/vocal  areas.  Requirements  are:  (Da  cumula- 
tive grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters 
in  college.  (2)  ability  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  the 
competencies  for  music  teachers  as  set  forth  by  the  Penn- 
sylvania Department  of  Education,  (3)  successful  comple- 
tion of  piano  and  voice  juries;  (41  approval  by  the  music 
faculty. 

Instrumental  Courses 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instru- 
ments. Practical  courses  in  which  students,  in  addition  to 
being  taught  the  fundamental  principles  underlying  the 
playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to 


play  on  instruments  of  each  group,  viz..  string,  woodwind, 
brass,  and  percussion.  Problems  of  class  procedure  in  pub- 
lic schools  are  discussed:  transposition  of  all  instruments  is 
taught.  Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral  part  of  these 
courses. 

Brass  Instruments  (Trumpet  (Cornet],  Horn.  Trombone. 
Baritone.  Tuba) 

123.  Brass  I.  A  study  of  two  of  the  above  instruments.  1 
credit. 

124.  Brass  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above 
instruments.  1  credit. 

Percussion  Instruments  (Snare  Drum.  Timpani.  Bass 
Drum,  etc.) 

227.  Percussion  I.  A  study  of  snare  drum  only,  a?  credit. 
328.  Percussion  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the 
above  instruments,  ce  credit. 

Woodwind  Instruments  (Clarinet.  Flute,  Piccolo.  Oboe, 
Saxophone,  Bassoon) 

231.  Woodwind  I.  A  study  of  the  clarinet.  1  credit. 

232.  Woodwind  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above 
instruments.  1  credit. 

String  Instruments  (Violin.  Viola.  Cello,  String  Bass) 

337.  String  I.  A  study  of  all  of  the  above  instruments.  1 
credit. 

338.  String  II.  A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  of  the 
above  instruments.  1  credit. 

420.  Instrumental  Seminar — Brass.  Application  of 
specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction.  Pre- 
requisite: Music  124.  '/•?  or  1  credit. 
430.  Instrumental  Seminar — Percussion.  Applica- 
tion of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction. 
Prerequisite:  Music  328.  %  or  1  credit. 
440.  Instrumental  Seminar — String.  Application  of 
specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction.  Pre- 
requisite: Music  338.  'h  or  1  credit. 
450.  Instrumental  Seminar — Woodwind.  Applica- 
tion of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction. 
Prerequisite:  Music  232.  '/■>  or  I  credit. 

Music  Organizations 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  ex- 
perience are  provided  by  music  organizations.  Membership 
in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audition  basis  to  all 
students  of  the  college. 

601.  Symphonic  and  Marching  Band.  The  Blue  and 
White  Marching  Band  of  L.V.C.  is  noted  for  its  half-time 
performances  during  the  football  season.  In  the  Symphonic 
Band  the  finest  original  music  for  band  is  performed,  as 
well  as  arrangements  of  the  standard  repertoire.  Member- 
ship in  the  band  is  dependent  upon  the  ability  of  the  appli- 
cant and  the  instrumentation  of  the  band.  Students  from 
all  departments  of  the  college  are  invited  to  audition.  No 
credit. 


603.  Symphony  Orchestra.  The  Symphony  Orchestra 
is  an  organization  of  symphonic  proportions  maintaining  a 
high  standard  of  performance.  A  professional  interpretation 
of  a  wide  range  of  standard  orchestral  literature  is  insisted 
upon.  No  credit. 

604.  Concert  Choir.  The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of 
approximately  fifty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  All  phases 
of  choral  literature  are  studied  intensively.  In  addition  to 
on-campus  programs  and  appearances  on  radio  and  televi- 
sion, the  Concert  Choir  makes  an  annual  tour.  No  credit. 

605.  College  Chorus.*  The  College  Chorus  provides  an 
opportunity  to  study  and  participate  in  the  presentation  of 
choral  literature  of  major  composers  from  all  periods  of 
music  history.  It  is  open  to  all  students  who  are  interested 
in  this  type  of  musical  performance  and  who  have  had 
some  experience  in  singing.  Sacred  music  majors.  i\'o 
credit. 

606.  Chapel  Choir.  The  Chapel  Choir  is  composed  of 
approximately  forty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  The  main 
function  of  this  choir  is  to  provide  musical  leadership  in 
the  college's  chapel  sen'ices.  In  addition,  seasonal  services 
of  choral  music  are  prepared.  A'o  credit. 

607.  Beginning  Ensemble.  A  training  band  and  orches- 
tra in  which  students  play  secondary  instruments  and  be- 
come acquainted  with  elementary  band  and  orchestral  lit- 
erature. Opportunity  is  given  for  advanced  conducting 
students  to  gain  experience  in  conducting.  A'o  credit. 

608.  Wind  Ensemble.  The  Wind  Ensemble  provides  an 
opportunity  for  advanced  players  of  wind  and  percussion 
instruments  to  play  the  growing  repertoire  of  music  being 
written  for  this  medium.  In  addition,  standard  classical 
works  for  wind  and/or  percussion  instruments  are  played. 
The  members  of  this  organization  are  chosen  by  audition. 
No  credit. 

Instrumental  Small  Ensembles.  Open  to  the  advanced 
player  on  an  audition  basis. 

611.  String  Trio.  No  credit. 

612.  String  Quartet.  A'o  credit. 

613.  Clarinet  Choir.  A'o  credit. 

614.  Woodwind  Quintet.  A'o  credit. 

615.  Brass  Ensemble.  A'o  credit. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble.  A'o  credit. 

617.  Saxophone  Trio.  No  credit. 

618.  Saxophone  Quartet.  A'o  credit. 

619.  Saxophone  Quintet.  A'o  credit. 

620.  Saxophone  Ensemble.  No  credit. 

621.  Flute  Ensemble.  A'o  credit. 

622.  Horn  Ensemble.  No  credit. 

The  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music 

100.  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  A  course  for 
the  non-music  major  designed  to  increase  the  individual's 
musical  perceptiveness.  Through  selective,  intensive  listen- 
ing, the  student  develops  concepts  of  musical  materials  and 
techniques.  The  vocabulary  thus  gained  is  utilized  in  a 
survey  of  Western  music  beginning  with  the  20th  century 
and  progressing  backwards  to  the  Middle  Ages.  This  course 


is  designed  primarily  for  the  student  with  no  previous  mu- 
sical background.  May  not  be  taken  if  student  completed 
Music  341  and/or  342.  3  credits. 

321.  Hymnology.  A  study  of  the  historical  development 
of  hymns  and  hymn  singing  and  an  in-depth  approach  to 
the  current  hymnodical  practices  of  the  Christian  churches. 
Sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

322.  Sacred  Choral  Literature  Seminar.  A  study  of 
sacred  choral  literature  to  extend  the  scope  of  the  student's 
familiarity  with  major  works  and  to  promote  further  inves- 
tigation. Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  development  of 
sound  aesthetic  judgment  in  selecting  literature  for  various 
liturgical  settings.  Examination  is  made  of  standard  orato- 
rios, requiems,  cantatas  and  anthems;  sources  for  materials 
are  identified.  Sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 
341/342.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  I,  II.  A 
survey  course  of  the  history  of  Western  music.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  various  stylistic  developments  which  have 
occurred  from  one  era  to  another,  on  the  composers  who 
have  been  responsible  for  these  developments,  and  the  mu- 
sic written  during  these  various  eras  illustrating  these  sty- 
listic trends.  For  this  purpose,  extensive  use  of  recordings 
is  made  a  part  of  the  course.  The  first  semester  includes 
the  development  of  music  up  to  the  Baroque  era,  the  second 
semester  from  the  Baroque  to  the  present.  May  not  be 
taken  if  student  completed  Music  100.  3  credits  per  semes- 
ter. 

351,  352,  353,  354.  Organ  Seminar  I,  II,  HI,  IV.  A 
four-semester  sequence  based  upon  the  investigation  and 
study  of  the  following:  351 — Organ  Design  and  Registra- 
tion; 352 — Organ  History  and  Literature.  (Early  times 
through  the  mid-Baroque  with  emphasis  upon  French  and 
German  music);  353— Organ  History  and  Literature.  (An 
investigation  of  the  organ  literature  of  J.  S.  Bach  and  his 
contemporaries;  organ  literature  of  the  nineteenth  and 
twentieth  centuries.);  354 — Church  Service  Playing;  Re- 
quired for  organ  students  majoring  in  music  and  sacred 
music;  open  to  other  students  with  the  approval  of  the 
instructor.  2  credits  per  semester. 

406.  Piano  Seminar.  A  survey  of  the  history  of  the 
piano  including  a  brief  review  of  its  predecessors;  a  study  of 
the  literature  for  the  instrument,  with  special  emphasis  on 
that  available  to  the  average  student;  a  study  of  the  prob- 
lems encountered  in  the  preparation  of  piano  material,  its 
presentation  in  recital,  and  related  pedagogical  problems. 
Required  for  all  piano  students  majoring  in  music:  open  to 
other  students  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  2  cred- 
its. 

421.  Liturgy.  A  study  of  the  music  and  its  forms  as 
related  to  the  historical  development  of  the  current  practice 
of  the  service  of  the  Christian  churches.  Sacred  music  ma- 
jors. 2  credits. 

462.  Music  Literature  Seminar.  A  study  of  music  lit- 
erature to  extend  the  scope  of  students'  familiarity  with 
major  instrumental  works  and  to  promote  further  investi- 
gation. Designed  especially  for  the  major  in  music  with 
application  of  accumulated  knowledge  in  theory,  music  his- 


Music     89 


Music  Edu- 
cation 


(See  Music) 


tory,  and  musical  form.  The  course  includes  examination  of 
various  theories  of  aesthetics  as  they  apply  to  music,  a 
survey  of  orchestral  literature,  study  of  twentieth-century 
compositions,  and  student  pursuit  of  a  project  of  each  in- 
dividual's own  interest.  Applied  music  majors.  3  credits. 

Conducting 

246.  Principles  of  Conducting.  Principles  of  conduct- 
ing and  the  technique  of  the  baton  are  presented.  Each 
student  conducts  vocal  and  instrumental  ensembles  made 
up  of  the  class  personnel.  2  credits. 
345.  Instrumental  Conducting.  Emphasis  on  practical 
work  with  instrumental  groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are 
applied  through  individual  experience.  2  credits. 
347.  Choral  Conducting.  Further  refinement  of  the 
conductor's  basic  technique  applied  to  the  choral  idiom. 
Laboratory'  situations  will  provide  for  training  in  areas  of 
rehearsal  procedures,  materials,  and  special  problems  of 
choral  conducting:  diction,  tonal  development  and  style.  2 
credits. 

Applied  Music  Instruction 
132.  Diction  for  Singers.  An  introduction  to  the  pro- 
nunciation of  singer's  English,  German.  French,  Italian, 
and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet. 
Required  for  all  voice  studmts  majoring  in  music,  all  stu- 
dents majoring  in  sacred  music,  and  all  keyboard-vocal 
track  students  majoring  in  music  education;  open  to  other 
students  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  1  credit. 
510.  Class  Piano  Instruction.  /  credit. 
520.  Class  Voice  Instruction.  /  credit. 
530.  Individual  Instruction.  (Voice,  Piano.  Organ.  Or- 
chestra and  Band  Instruments.)  Piano  study  (private  or 
class)  is  required  for  a  minimum  of  two  years.  1  credit. 


540.  Individual  Instruction.  (Voice,  Piano.  Organ,  Or- 
chestra and  Band  Instruments.)  A  charge  is  made  for  the 
second  half-hour  of  instruction.  2  credits. 

Departmental  Honors  and  Independent 
Study 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  the  stu- 
dent who  desires  to  engage  in  independent  study,  either 
with  or  without  departmental  honors.  1-3  credits  per  se- 
mester. (Maximum  of  9). 

The  Student  Recitals 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  stu- 
dents in  acquainting  them  with  a  wide  range  of  the  best 
musical  literature,  in  developing  musical  taste  and  discrim- 
ination, in  affording  experience  in  appearing  before  an  au- 
dience, and  in  gaining  self-reliance  as  well  as  nerve  control 
and  stage  demeanor.  Students  at  all  levels  of  performance 
appear  in  these  student  recitals. 


Nuclear 
Medicine 
Technology 
(Coopera- 
tive) 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Pollack 


90    Music 


Lebanon  Valley  College  has  developed  a  cooperative  program  in  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 
with  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Center.  The  student  spends  three  years  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  taking  a  minimum  of  92  semester  hours.  During  the  junior  year,  application  is  made  to 
the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Center's  School  of  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology,  and  if 
accepted  into  their  program,  the  student  spends  the  fourth  year  at  that  institution.  After 
successfully  completing  this  course  of  study  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  with  a  major  in 
nuclear  medicine  technology,  is  awarded  by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Requirements:  Biology  111,  112,  201,  202,  291  (Special  Topics  in  Human  Anatomy); 
Chemistry  111,  112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215;  Physics  103  and  104  or  111  and  112;  Mathematics 
102  and  161,  or  161  and  166;  Computer  Programming  170;  courses  to  meet  the  general 
requirements  (to  include  one  course  in  psychology  and  one  course  in  sociology)  and  an  overall 
minimum  of  92  hours  of  work  which  includes  two  hours  of  physical  education).  The  following 
courses  are  strongly  recommended:  Chemistry  216;  Physics  211;  Mathematics  170. 


Although  the  nursing  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  not  accredited  by  the  National 
League  for  Nursing,  the  program  offers  students  the  opportunity  to  obtain  a  liberal  arts  education 
in  conjunction  with  attendance  at  an  accredited  hospital  school  of  nursing.  A  student  typically 
spends  two  or  three  years  at  a  hospital  school  of  nursingA  student  typically  spends  two  or  three 
years  at  a  hospital  school  of  nursing.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  apply  and  become 
accepted  at  the  hospital  school.  Fifty-six  hours  of  credit  will  be  given  for  the  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  hospital-based  nursing  program.  Thus  the  student  must  complete  sixty-four  hours  of 
liberal  arts  courses  (of  which  thirty  of  the  last  thirty-six  must  be  given  by  Lebanon  Valley 
College).  Physical  education  is  also  required  for  those  individuals  who  do  not  possess  the  R.N. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing. 

Major:  A  year's  study  of  a  biological  science  (Biology  101/102,  or  111/112;  Biology  453/454; 
courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college. 


Nursing 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Pollack 


The  study  of  philosophy  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  directly  involves  the  student  in  the  process 
of  sharpening  critical  and  analytical  abilities.  This  is  accomplished  by  relatively  small  classes 
which  are  taught  by  a  combination  of  the  lecture  and  the  discussion  method.  In  advanced 
courses  the  discussion  method  is  predominant.  In  all  classes  heavy  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
writing  of  critical  and  analytic  papers  dealing  with  various  aspects  of  philosophical  thought  as  it 
pertains,  for  example,  to  the  questions  and  issues  of  knowledge,  human  values  and  conduct, 
history,  politics,  religion,  science,  society,  and  the  nature  of  human  beings.  Lebanon  Valley 
College  offers  such  study  since  it  is  a  vitally  important  part  of  liberal  learning. 

Extensive  studies  in  philosophy,  whether  done  by  means  of  a  full  major  specialization,  or 
through  the  taking  of  a  number  of  courses,  provides  an  excellent  background  and  preparation 
for  post-graduate  activities  such  as  law  school  and  legal  studies,  business,  theological  and 
seminary  training.  Undergraduate  study  in  philosophy  is  also  an  appropriate  field  of  intellectual 
activity  for  the  student  who  is  not  preparing  for  any  specific  vocation  or  profession  and  who 
desires  a  broad  undergraduate  exposure  to  humanistic  learning. 

Students,  even  those  planning  for  specialized  occupation  following  their  graduation  with  a 
major  in  philosophy,  are  encouraged  to  pursue  a  double  major  with  another  discipline  such  as 
English  literature,  a  foreign  language,  religion,  history,  or  business.  A  double  major  is  easily 
arranged  and  will  aid  in  insuring  a  broader  program  of  study  in  liberal  learning. 

Degree:  BA.  degree  with  a  major  in  philosophy. 

Major:  Philosophy  120  plus  an  additional  21  hours  of  philosphy  courses  for  a  total  of  24 
hours. 


Courses  in  Philosophy 

110.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  An  introduction  to  some 
of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy  and  to  the  ways  in 
which  leading  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  As  part 
of  this  course,  students  learn  the  critical  analysis  of  ideas. 
3  credits. 

120.  Basic  Logic.  An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear 
and  effective  thinking.  Attention  is  given  to  the  logic  of 


meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the  logic  of  fac- 
tual inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  laid  upon  deductive  logic, 
and  students  are  introduced  to  the  elements  of  symbolic 
logic  as  well  as  to  traditional  modes  of  analysis.  3  credits. 
228.  Ethics.  An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  eth- 
ics, with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of  major  ethical 
theories  to  those  problems.  3  credits. 


Philosophy 


Faculty: 

Dr.  J.  Heffner 

Mr.  Thompson  (Chmn.l 


Philosophy     91 


PHILOSOPHY 


231.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  A  study  of  the  issues 
raised  for  philosophy  by  contemporary  religious  and  theo- 
logical thought.  A  critical  examination  of  such  problems  as 
faith  and  reason:  the  meaning  of  revelation,  symbolism, 
and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of  God;  faith 
and  history;  religion  and  culture. 

240.  Philosophy  in  the  United  States.  A  survey  of 
philosophical  thought  in  the  United  States  from  the  colo- 
nial period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  work  of 
Peirce.  James,  and  Dewey.  3  credits. 
323.  Greek  Philosophy.  A  study  of  the  evolution  of  phi- 


losophy from  its  origin  in  the  speculations  of  the  pre-Socra- 
tic  nature  philosophers  to  the  work  of  Hellenistic  philoso- 
phers of  the  fourth  century,  with  emphasis  on  the  thought 
of  Plato  and  Aristotle.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

326.  Medieval  Philosophy.  The  history  of  philosophy  is 
traced  from  the  decline  of  the  Hellenistic  Age  to  the  Re- 
naissance, with  emphasis  on  the  development  and  subse- 
quent criticism  of  the  systematic  elaborations  of  the  school- 
men of  the  late  Middle  Ages.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 
333.  Modern  Philosophy.  This  course  follows  the  devel- 
opment of  philosophic  thought  in  the  writings  of  the  prin- 
cipal thinkers  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  beginning  of  the 
nineteenth  century',  with  emphasis  on  the  work  of  Hume 
and  Kant.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  3  credits. 

336.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  An  examination 
of  the  foremost  American.  British,  and  Continental  philos- 
ophers from  1900  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy 
110  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 
350-359.  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

442.  Seminar.  Discussion  of  selected  problems  of  philos- 
ophy. Open  to  upperclassmen  only,  with  consent  of  the 
instructor.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor.  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Physical  Ed- 
ucation 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Correll 

Miss  Harriger 

Mr.  Petrofes 

Mr.  ReedlChmn.) 


Although  the  Department  of  Physical  Education  does  not  offer  a  major,  the  College  requires 
graduates  to  have  completed  two  courses  in  physical  education. 

The  objectives  of  the  program  are  to  encourage  attitudes  and  habits  of  good  health  and  fitness, 
to  develop  physical  capacities  and  skills,  to  promote  sportsmanship,  and  to  provide  activities 
which  will  enrich  leisure  throughout  life. 


92    Phys.  Ed. 


Courses  in  Physical  Education 
101.  Aerobics.  Definition,  types  of  programs,  health  and 
diet,  physiological  benefits,  facilities  and  opportunities,  life 
fitness.  1  credit. 

104.  Archery.  Safety,  rules,  technique  and  form,  scoring. 
1  credit. 

107.  Badminton.  Rules,  court  variances,  techniques  of 
serve  and  strokes,  tournaments  in  singles  and  doubles.  1 
credit. 

110.  Basketball.  Rules,  passing,  shooting,  dribbling,  de- 
fensive and  offensive  strategies.  1  credit. 
113.   Bowling.   History,   rules,  etiquette,  terminology, 
scoring,  equipment  selection,  technique.  1  credit. 
116.  Cycling.  Safety;  equipment  selection,  repair,  and 
maintenance;  techniques;  benefits.  1  credit. 


119.  Dance.  Basic  and  intermediate  steps  and  turns;  va- 
rieties, including  disco,  rock,  waltz,  cha-cha,  etc.  1  credit 
122.  Fitness.  Advantages,  varieties  of  programs  and  ac- 
tivities, aerobics,  weight  control  and  diet,  isometric  and 
isotonic  strength,  weight-training  and  muscle  tone,  cardi- 
ovascular endurance.  1  credit. 

125.  Golf.  Rules;  etiquette;  grip,  stance,  and  swing  for 
irons  and  woods:  chipping  and  putting  techniques:  strategy. 
1  credit. 

128.  Lifesaving.  .American  Red  Cross  Lifesaving  Course. 
Students  must  possess  strong  swimming  skills,  especially 
a  strong  scissors  kick,  to  be  admitted  to  the  course.  Evalu- 
ation based  on  class  performances,  quizzes,  practical  and 
written  examinations.  Red  Cross  certification  for  those  who 
fulfill  requirements. 


131.  Racquetball  I.  Rules,  court  terminology,  warm-up, 
shots,  techniques,  tactics  for  singles  and  doubles.  1  credit. 
134.  Racquetball  II.  Advanced  skills  and  strategies.  Lad- 
der tournaments  in  singles  and  doubles.  1  credit. 
137.   Soccer.  Tradition,  rules,  equipment,  techniques, 
skills,  tactics,  team  formations.  1  credit. 
140.  Softball.  Tradition:  positions;  throwing,  fielding, 
and  batting  skills;  situations  and  tactics;  competition.  1 
credit. 

143.  Swimming.  Water  safety;  survival  floating;  treading 
water;  elementary  forms  of  rescue;  mechanics  of  crawl, 
backstroke,  breaststroke.  sidestroke,  and  front  dive.  1  credit. 
146.  Tennis.  Tradition,  etiquette,  court  variances,  basic 


strokes,  serve,  net  play,  strategy,  and  scoring.  1  credit. 
149.  Touch  Football.  Origin  and  development,  rules  and 
scoring,  techniques  and  skills,  strategy,  competition.  1 
credit. 

152.  Volleyball.  Rules,  techniques  of  serves  and  shots, 
offensive  and  defensive  tactics,  competition.  1  credit. 
155.  Weight  Training.  Safety,  preparation,  muscle  tone, 
stretching  and  flexibility,  weight  control,  strength  lifts  (uni- 
versal and  free  weights),  competitive  lifting.  1  credit. 
160.  Two  Varsity  Sports.  Student  engages  in  a  Fall  and 
Winter  intercollegiate  sport. 

163.  Two  Varsity  Sports.  Student  engages  in  a  Winter 
and  Spring  intercollegiate  sport. 


The  Department  of  Physics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  attempts  to  develop  in  the  student  an 
increased  understanding  of  the  basic  laws  of  nature  as  they  relate  to  our  physical  environment, 
and  to  indicate  the  possible  extent,  as  well  as  the  limitations,  of  our  knowledge  of  the  physical 
world. 

In  this  age  of  science  and  technology  when  members  of  a  free  society  must  make  decisions  on 
such  issues  as  the  size  of  a  national  space  program,  the  rate  of  development  of  nuclear  energy, 
and  the  control  of  environmental  pollution,  physics  has  an  important  contribution  to  make 
toward  the  liberal  education  of  people  involved  in  the  decision-making  process. 

The  Department  of  Physics  strives  to  be  of  service  to  as  many  students  as  possible  in  a  variety 
of  curriculum.  For  those  who  will  not  pursue  a  science  major  the  department  offers  a  course 
dealing  with  the  impact  of  physics  on  society.  For  those  with  a  strong  interest  in  music  the 
department  offers  a  course  in  the  physics  of  music. 

Since  physics,  as  the  basic  natural  science  dealing  with  forces,  motion,  energy,  heat,  sound, 
light,  electromagnetism,  electronics,  atomic  structure,  and  the  structure  and  interactions  of  all 
matter,  underlies  work  in  all  other  natural  sciences  as  well  as  the  areas  of  applied  science 


Posies 


Faculty: 

Mr.  0'Donnell 
Dr.  Rhodes  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  Thompson 
Dr.  Yamamoto 


Physics    93 


including  engineering,  the  department  offers  comprehensive  introductory  courses  for  students 
majoring  in  any  of  the  natural  sciences. 

For  those  students  who  plan  careers  in  the  field  of  physics,  or  in  engineering,  or  in  any  area  in 
which  several  natural  sciences  overlap  (astrophysics,  biophysics,  geophysics,  and  computer 
science),  the  department  offers  a  three  or  four  year  sequence  of  courses  to  prepare  for  future 
employment  or  for  further  study  in  a  chosen  field. 

Laboratory  work  is  an  integral  part  of  all  physics  courses,  and  is  designed  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  the  experimental  techniques  and  the  measuring  instruments  appropriate  to  the 
various  areas  of  investigation. 

To  the  graduate  with  a  degree  in  physics,  positions  are  available  in  research  and  development 
in  governmental  laboratories,  such  as  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Goddard  Space  Center, 
Naval  Research  Laboratory,  and  also  in  industrial  laboratories.  Those  students  who  have  had  a 
semester  of  professional  preparation  in  teaching  will  find  jobs  available  in  the  teaching  of  physics 
and  mathematics  in  secondary  schools.  A  background  in  physics  may  also  prepare  a  student  for 
study  at  the  graduate  level  not  only  in  physics,  but  also  in  various  fields  of  engineering, 
astronomy  and  astrophysics,  geology  and  geophysics,  meterology,  biophysics,  computer  science 
and  others. 

Recent  LVC  graduates  in  physics  hold  such  varied  positions  as  technical  research  assistant  at 
Hershey  Medical  Center,  electrical  engineer  at  the  U.S.  Naval  Air  Development  Center,  research 
physicist  with  Exxon  Corporation,  control  systems  engineer  with  Bechtel  Power  Corp.,  and 
nuclear  power  plant  instrument  engineer,  Arizona  Public  Service.  Graduate  schools  represented 
include  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  S.U.N.Y.  at 
Binghamton,  NY. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  physics. 

Major:  Physics  111,  112,  211, 311,  321, 322,  plus  six  additional  semester  hours  (at  least  two 
in  experimental  physics),  for  a  total  of  30  hours.  Also  required  are  Math  161,  162,  261,  and  266 
or  Math  111,  112, 211  and  266. 


94    Physics 


Courses  in  Physics 

100.  Physics  and  Its  Impact.  A  course  designed  to 
acquaint  the  student,  especially  the  non-science  major, 
with  some  of  the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both  clas- 
sical and  modern,  and  with  the  scientific  method,  its  nature 
and  its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics  in  the  history  of 
thought  and  its  relationships  to  other  disciplines  and  to 
society  and  government  are  considered.  The  weekly  two- 
hour  laboratory  period  provides  experience  in  the  acquisi- 
tion, representation,  and  analysis  of  experimental  data,  and 
demonstration  of  the  physical  phenomena  with  which  the 
course  deals.  4  credits. 

103,  104.  General  College  Physics  I,  II.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  fundamental  concepts  and  laws  of  the  various 
branches  of  physics,  including  mechanics,  heat,  sound, 
electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear 
structure,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  4  credits  per 
semester. 


110.  The  Physics  of  Music.  This  course,  for  students 
with  an  interest  in  music,  comprises  a  study  of  wave  mo- 
tion, the  analysis  and  synthesis  of  waves,  resonance,  physi- 
cal characteristics  of  music  sounds,  musical  instruments, 
the  reproduction  and  amplification  of  sound,  and  the 
acoustical  properties  of  rooms.  .4  working  knowledge  of 
algebra  and  trigonometry  is  required.  3  credits. 

111,  112.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  II.  An  introductory 
course  in  classical  physics,  designed  for  students  who  desire 
a  more  rigorous  mathematical  approach  to  college  physics 
than  is  given  in  Physics  103,  104.  Calculus  is  used  through- 
out. The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics  and  heat, 
and  the  second  semester  to  electricity,  magnetism,  and 
optics,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  This  course 
should  be  followed  by  Physics  211.  Prerequisite  or  core- 
quisite:  Mathematics  111  or  161.  4  credits  per  semester. 

211.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.  An  introduction  to 
modern  physics,  including  the  foundation  of  atomic  phys- 
ics, the  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  and  atomic  nucleus, 
radioactivity,  and  nuclear  reactions,  with  laboratory  work  in 
each  area.  Prerequisite:  Physics  104  or  112.  4  credits. 

212.  Introduction  to  Electronics.  The  physics  of  elec- 
trons and  electronic  devices,  including  diodes,  transistors, 
power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators,  switching  circuits, 
and  integrated  circuits,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  104  or  112.  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 4  credits. 

311,  312.  Analytical  Mechanics  I,  II.  A  rigorous 
study  of  classical  mechanics,  including  the  motion  of  a 
single  particle,  the  motion  of  a  system  of  particles,  and  the 
motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and  forced  harmonic  mo- 
tion, the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler  description  of 
rigid  body  motion,  and  the  Lagrange  generalization  of  New- 
tonian mechanics  are  among  the  topics  treated.  Prerequi- 
sites: Physics  111  and  Mathematics  266.  3  credits  per  se- 
mester. 

321,  322.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II.  Theory  of 
the  basic  phenomena  of  electromagnetism.  together  with 
the  application  of  fundamental  principles  to  the  solving  of 
problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter, 


direct  current  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits,  the 
Maxwell  field  equations,  and  the  propagation  of  electromag- 
netic waves  are  among  the  topics  treated.  Prerequisites: 
Physics  112  and  Mathematics  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

327/328.  Experimental  Physics  I,  II.  Experimental 
work  selected  from  the  areas  of  mechanics.  A.C.  and  D.C. 
electrical  measurements,  optics,  atomic  physics,  or  nuclear 
physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental  design,  measuring 
techniques,  and  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  Physics  211. 
1  credit  per  semester. 

421,  422.  Modern  Physics  I,  II.  A  study  of  selected 
topics  in  modern  physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of  quan- 
tum mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is  solved  for 
such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential  wells,  the  lin- 
ear oscillator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation  tech- 
niques and  the  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics 
are  introduced  where  appropriate.  Prerequisites:  Physics 
211  and  Mathematics  266.  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
3  credits  per  semester. 

430.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary  Schools. 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  some  of  the 
special  methods,  programs,  and  problems  in  the  teaching 
of  physics  in  secondary  schools.  Required  for  secondary 
certification  in  physics.  1  credit. 

480.  Special  Topics  in  Physics.  A  course  in  one  or 
more  of  the  following  areas  of  physics  is  offered  each  se- 
mester, and  is  open,  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor,  to 
juniors  and  seniors  from  any  department. 

(a)  Thermodynamics.  3  credits. 

(b)  Statistical  Mechanics.  3  credits. 
(cl  Optics.  3  credits. 

(d)  Nuclear  Physics.  3  credits. 

(e)  Solid  State  Physics.  3  credits. 

(f)  Mathematical  Physics.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  An  experimental  or  theoretical 
investigation  in  a  selected  area  of  physics  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  physics  staff  member.  Open  to  all  physics  majors 
with  the  permission  of  the  departmental  chairman.  1-3 
credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  91 


Political 
Science 

(See  History  and  Political  Science) 


Psychology  has  as  its  objectives  the  understanding  of  people  and  the  fostering  of  their  well- 
being.  The  study  of  psychology  is  therefore  an  important  part  of  a  liberal  education  as  well  as 
preparation  for  many  careers.  Upon  graduation,  some  psychology  majors  pursue  graduate  study 
in  clinical,  counseling,  experimental,  or  industrial  psychology  programs.  Other  graduates  have 
obtained  professional  degrees  in  social  work,  medicine,  business,  education,  and  the  ministry. 
Many  of  our  majors,  who  have  chosen  not  to  go  to  graduate  school,  hold  responsible  positions 
that  make  use  of  their  psychology  training  in  industry,  government,  hospitals,  and  community 
agencies. 

To  assist  students  in  selecting  a  program  that  fits  their  individual  career  goals,  the  department 
has  identified  seven  tracks:  clinical,  counseling,  or  school  psychology  or  psychobiology;  human 


Psychology 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Carlson 

Dr.  Davidon  (Chmn.) 

Dr.  Lasky 

Dr.  Love 

Mr.  Smith  (Adj.) 


development;  industrial/organizational  psychology;  social  psychology;  general  psychology — of- 
ten part  of  a  double  major  with  another  academic  field. 

In  addition  to  course  work  there  is  a  program  of  directed  studies,  developed  individually,  to 
introduce  the  student  to  research,  or  to  permit  pursuing  particular  academic  interests  by 
reading,  by  projects  in  the  laboratory,  or  by  supervised  work  in  a  school  or  agency.  There  is  also 
an  internship  program  which  may  include  off-campus,  full-time  work  during  the  summer  and 
part-time  work  during  the  academic  year.  There  are  semester  programs  in  Philadelphia  and 
abroad. 

Degree:  B  A.  degree  with  a  major  in  psychology. 

Major:  Psychology  100, 120, 216, 236, 343  and  443;  one  of  the  following:  235, 335, 444;  and 
two  of  the  following:  321,  332,  346,  and  431 — for  a  minimum  of  27  hours.  Students  with 
particular  career  goals  or  special  academic  programs  may  receive  departmental  approval  to 
adjust  major  requirements  to  individual  needs. 


96    Psychology 


Courses  in  Psychology 

100.  Psychology:  The  Individual  and  Society.  Psy- 
chological approaches  to  the  study  of  the  person  as  the 
individual  develops  and  interacts  with  others.  Representa- 
tive topics  are:  human  development,  learning,  arousal,  mo- 
tivation, sex,  aggression,  the  self,  self-control  and  morality, 
abnormal  behavior,  interpersonal  attraction,  dependency 
and  social  attachment.  3  credits. 

120.  Psychology:  By  Experiment.  An  introduction  to 
psychology  as  a  laboratory  science,  emphasizing  research 
with  people,  but  including  studies  of  animal  behavior.  The 
relations  of  the  perceived  world  to  the  physical  environ- 
ment, the  uses  of  reward  to  modify  behavior,  ways  in  which 
meaning  influences  verbal  learning,  and  the  effects  of  new 
experiences  upon  memories  are  among  the  topics  to  be 
presented.  The  course  is  not  a  complete  survey  of  psychol- 
ogy, but  a  study  of  selected  sets  of  experiments  to  indicate 
significant  principles  and  the  methods  used  to  verify  them. 
3  credits. 

216.  Experimental  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science. 

The  various  methods  which  enable  students  to  critically 
evaluate  behavioral  research  findings.  Experimental  and 
correlational  procedures  are  applied  to  problems  in  behav- 
ioral research,  biomedical  research,  and  program  evaluation 
in  health  and  human  service  agencies.  Prerequisite:  Psy- 
chology 100  or  120  taken  previously  or  concurrently.  3 
credits. 

220.  Educational  Psychology.  Review  of  the  psycho- 
logical literature  concerning  cognitive,  behavioral,  emo- 
tional and  social  effects  of  typical  educational  influences. 
Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  and  music 
education.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  100  or  120.  3  credits. 
235.  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  Review  of 
major  areas  of  investigation  of  visual,  auditory  and  other 
sensory  systems.  Psychophysical  methods,  and  principles  of 
sensory  differentiation  and  field  organization  are  included. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  120.  3  credits. 


236.  Learning  and  Memory.  Instrumental  and  classical 
conditioning  techniques  are  compared  and  related  to  theo- 
ries of  human  and  animal  learning  and  motivation.  Basic 
methods  in  the  investigation  of  verbal  learning  are  intro- 
duced. Analyses  of  learning  include  cognitive  processes. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  100  or  120.  3  credits. 


237.  Laboratory  Investigations  I:  Sensory  and  Per- 
ceptual Processes.  Experiments  with  human  subjects 
coordinated  with  topics  in  Psychology  235.  Students  select 
sensory/perceptual  problems  for  investigation,  have  a  part 
in  the  design  of  experiments,  conduct  trials,  do  statistical 
computation,  and  interpret  the  results.  Prerequisites:  Psy- 
chology 120,  216.  Corequisite:  Psychology  235.  1  credit. 

238.  Laboratory  Investigations  II:  Learning.  Ani- 
mal and  human  learning  experiments  coordinated  with 
topics  in  Psychology  236.  Simple  learning  situations  are 
demonstrated.  Students  conduct  investigations,  analyze  data, 
and  write  reports.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  100  or  120. 
Corequisite:  Psychology  236.  1  credit. 

300.  Cinematic  Conceptions  of  Man.  Viewing  films 
as  literary  works,  an  examination  of  the  thematic,  stylistic, 
and  structural  statements  and  assertions  concerning  man's 
actions  and  psychology  that  are  made  by  auteurs,  and  in- 
volved in  film  genres  and  historical  periods.  Specific  topics 
(e.g.,  Fellini,  Antonioni,  the  Western,  and  Neo-Realism)  to 
be  selected  each  term,  and  discussions  will  be  based  upon 
films  in  a  film  series  illustrating  the  topic,  a  series  held  in 
conjunction  with  the  course.  May  be  taken  twice  for  credit. 
3  credits. 

321.  Childhood  and  Development.  The  study  of  cog- 
nitive, social  and  emotional  change  over  the  life  span,  as 
well  as  the  psychological  effects  of  physical  growth.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  research  studies,  developmental  mech- 
anisms and  theories  of  development.  Students  are  encour- 
aged to  conduct  research  with  children.  Prerequisite:  Psy- 
chology 100  or  120.  3  credits. 

332.  Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.  An  in- 
troduction to  basic  psychometric  theory,  and  an  overview 
of  selected  personality,  ability  and  attitude  measures.  Pre- 
requisites: Psychology  100  or  120:  Psychology  216.  Math- 
ematics 170.  or  consent  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

335.  Research  Design  and  Statistics.  The  student 
evaluates  published  studies  and  identifies  problems  in  the 
design  and  execution  of  both  laboratory  and  applied  studies. 
Factorial  designs,  multivariate  techniques,  and  non-para- 
metric statistics  are  covered  in  clinical,  organizational,  ed- 
ucational and  laboratory  settings.  Prerequisites:  Psychology 
100  or  120.  216.  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

337.  Organizational  Psychology.  The  application  of 
basic  psychological  principles  and  findings  to  problems  of 
organizational  behavior  and  psychology  in  industry.  Topics 
to  include  ecological  psychology — man  environment  rela- 
tions, systems  design  and  analysis,  human  factors  engi- 
neering, and  the  evaluation  of  the  impact  of  the  organiza- 
tion on  the  individual.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  100 or  120. 
3  credits. 

343.  Personality.  Reasons  for  individuality  and  consis- 
tency in  the  lives  of  persons  are  studied.  Attention  is  typi- 
cally given  to  the  role  of  aggression,  altruism,  anxiety,  com- 
petence, dependency,  and  sexuality.  Psychoanalysis, 
existential-phenomenology  and  social  learning  are  among 
the  major  personality  theories  to  be  studied.  Prerequisites: 


Psychology  100  or  120:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

346.  Social  Psychology.  The  study  of  how  groups  or 
other  individuals  interpersonally  and  intrapersonally  affect 
the  individual.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  review  of  research 
studies  and  theories.  Topics  include:  attitude  development 
and  change,  conformity,  persuasion,  person  perception,  at- 
tribution, attraction,  norms,  and  small  groups.  Prerequi- 
sites: Psychology  100  or  120:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.  The  study 
of  personal  problems,  including  alcohol  and  drug  depen- 
dence, brain  disorders,  criminal  and  psychopathic  behavior, 
psychoneurosis.  psychosomatic  reactions,  psychoses,  sexual 
deviations,  subnormal  intelligence,  suicide,  and  the  disor- 
ders of  childhood  and  adolescence.  Prerequisites:  Psychol- 
ogy 100  or  120:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission 
of  the  ins true tor.  3  credits. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  work  of  psychologists  in  understanding  and 
assisting  persons  who  have  problems.  Particular  attention 
is  given  to  clinical  interviewing;  projective  techniques,  test- 
ing and  diagnosing;  individual  and  group  therapy;  marriage 
and  family  counseling;  and  play  therapy  with  children.  Field 
work  in  a  clinical  setting.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or 
120:  431  or  nursing  training  with  psychiatric  affiliation,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

443.  History  and  Theory.  Philosophical  issues,  areas 
and  trends  of  investigation,  and  "schools  of  psychology" 
prior  to  1940.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120  and 
236:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 3  credits. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.  How  biological  pro- 
cesses interrelate  with  behavioral  events  in  learning,  think- 
ing, feeling,  perceiving,  and  striving,  including  neural  and 
hormonal  bases  for  learning,  memory,  and  personality. 
Findings  in  biofeedback,  sexuality,  sleep,  and  behavior  dis- 
orders are  examined.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  100  or  120. 
3  credits. 

400.  Internship.  An  applied  and  academic  program 
which  combines  work  in  community  mental  health  and 
related  agencies,  hospitals  and  schools,  with  discussions, 
guided  reading,  and  systematized  obseA'ations.  Prerequi- 
sites: Psychology  100  or  120:  junior  or  senior  standing: 
approval  of  instructor,  based  on  relevant  coursework  in 
psychology  and  personal  attributes:  approval  of  commu- 
nity agency.  1-6  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9,  or 
with  departmental  approval,  15). 

500.  Independent  Study.  Individual  investigation  of  a 
selected  topic  in  psychology,  involving  either  an  experi- 
ment, a  project  in  the  community,  or  a  systematic  program 
of  reading,  each  under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the 
department.  This  includes  conferences  with  the  instructor. 
Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120:  one  additional  psy- 
chology course,  and  permission  of  the  department.  1-3 
credits.  • 


Psychology     97 


l\Cil(iilli£  till  tl  Occasionally,  an  incoming  student  may  have  problems  with  an  inabiliy  to  comprehend  college 

"®  material  or  an  inability  to  study  properly.  It  is  for  this  student  that  the  reading  and  study  skills 

Sttlfly  SklllS  course  is  intended. 

110.    Reading    and    Study    Skills.    A    study    of  materials  are  available  in  the  Media  Center.  Students  who 

Faculty:  techniques  intended  to  improve  those  skills  important  to  have  SAT  verbal  scores  below  450  are  strongly  advised  to 

Dr.  M.  Albrecht  reading  and  to  study  at  the  college  level.  Texts  assigned  for  take  the  course.  1  credit. 

Mr.  Woods  students'  own  classes  are  utilized,  and  additional  resource 


RcliliiOfl  Tne  Pr°£ram  "'  tne  Department  of  Religion  is  designed  to  give  students  insight  into  the 

®  meaning  of  religion.  Coursework  in  the  department  introduces  the  student  to  the  various 

historical  and  contemporary  expressions  of  the  Judaeo-Christian  heritage  as  well  as  of  the  diverse 

Faculty:       religious  traditions  of  mankind.  Such  work  helps  the  student  not  only  to  understand  the 

Dr.  Byme  (Chmn .)       Christian  affiliation  of  the  College  but  also  to  experience  a  crucial  element  in  liberal  education. 

Dr.  Troutman  Students  major  in  the  Department  of  Religion  for  a  variety  of  personal  and  vocational  reasons. 

Dr.  wethington       Some  people  major  in  religion  just  because  they  are  interested  in  it  and  want  to  study  it.  Some 

major  in  religion  to  prepare  themselves  for  the  lay  or  ordained  ministry. 

Vocations  to  the  Ordained  Ministry.  Traditionally,  many  of  our  majors  have  studied  religion 
as  a  preparation  for  theological  school  and  the  ordained  ministry.  Both  men  and  women  have 
gone  on  from  Lebanon  Valley  College  for  the  theological  studies  at  United  Methodist  seminaries 
such  as  Drew,  Wesley,  Boston,  United  Theological  (Dayton),  Duke,  and  others.  In  addition,  men 
and  women  from  a  wide  variety  of  denominational  backgrounds  have  gone  on  to  schools  as 
diverse  as  Bethany  Theological  Seminary,  Oxford  University,  the  University  of  Chicago,  Eastern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary,  Catholic  University  of  America,  and  others.  Students  interested  in 
such  preparation  generally  would  pursue  the  B  A  degree  with  a  major  in  religion. 

Vocations  in  Christian  Education.  For  persons  who  want  to  pursue  a  lay  ministry  in 
Christian  education,  either  as  a  full-time  professional  or  as  a  volunteer,  a  program  in  Christian 
Education  is  available.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  the  minimum  required  academic 
work  for  certification  as  an  Associate  in  Christian  Education  in  the  United  Methodist  Church,  as 
well  as  for  various  certification  levels  in  other  denominations.  Students  who  desire  advanced 
levels  of  certification  are  helped  and  encouraged  to  pursue  appropriate  graduate  work.  Persons 
who  are  already  teaching  in  church  schools,  CCD  programs,  or  parochial  schools  can  find 
specific  courses  within  the  Christian  Education  program  helpful  for  growth  and  enrichment. 
Elementary  Education  majors  may  concentrate  in  Christian  Education,  and  Sacred  Music 
majors  may  increase  occupational  flexibility  through  work  in  the  program.  Potential  high  school 
teachers  may  work  within  the  program  to  acquire  competence  for  teaching  religion  in  public 
and  parochial  schools.  Students  interested  in  such  preparation  generally  would  pursue  the  B  A. 
degree  with  a  major  in  religion  and  a  concentration  in  Christian  Education. 

Vocations  to  Other  Forms  of  Lay  Ministry:  The  Double  Major.  For  persons  who  want 

to  pursue  other  forms  of  lay  ministry,  the  Department  of  Religion  encourages  a  double  major. 

98    Reading  Examples  of  recent  double  majors  are  religion  and  English  (for  work  in  communications), 


religion  and  social  service  (for  work  in  Christian  and  governmental  social  agencies),  and  religion 
and  nursing  (for  missionary  work).  Some  students  work  toward  the  career  of  their  choice, 
adding  religion  as  a  second  major  in  order  to  understand  more  thoroughly  the  Christian  tradition 
which  motivates  and  guides  them  in  their  profession.  Students  interested  in  such  preparation 
generally  would  pursue  the  BA  degree  with  a  major  in  religion. 

Degrees:  B  A  degree  with  a  major  in  religion.  B  A  degree  with  a  major  in  religion,  concentra- 
tion in  Christian  Education. 

Majors:  (Religion)  Religion  110,  111,  112,  222,  331, 404,  one  course  from  among  202, 211, 
212,  and  electives  (including  Greek  321,  431),  for  a  total  of  30  hours.  The  following  courses  are 
recommended  for  a  major  in  religion:  Biology  101;  Greek  101/102,  111/112;  History  111/112; 
Philosophy  1 10, 231 ;  Psychology  100;  Sociology  1 10, 231 . 

(Religion/Christian  Education)  Religion  110,  111,  112, 120, 211, 202  or  212, 222,  311, 
312,  331,  400  (minimum  of  3  hours),  402;  Education  110,  270;  English  218;  Philosophy  110; 
Psychology  100, 220,  321;  Sociology  110, 232,  242.  Recommended  courses:  Art  110,  Education 
220,  260,  346,  423;  English  227/228,  250-299,  344;  Foreign  Language  course  work  leading  to  a 
Certificate  of  Language  Proficiency;  Music  100, 321, 421;  Philosophy  231;  Psychology  337,  343, 
346;  Religion  140;  Sociology  211.  302, 322. 


Courses  in  Religion 

110  Introduction  to  Religion.  An  exploration  of  the 
many  dimensions  of  religion  as  a  central  human  experience 
by  examining  such  topics  as:  varieties  of  religious  experi- 
ence and  expression,  religious  knowledge,  the  self  and 
meaning,  religion  in  its  sociocultural  context,  religion  and 
the  natural  order,  and  the  universal  issues  such  as  death, 
the  End,  evil,  suffering,  and  the  moral  order.  3  credits. 

111.  Introduction  to  Biblical  Thought.  An  examina 
tion  of  some  of  the  basic  themes  of  Biblical  religion  in 
relation  to  their  historical  context  and  their  contemporary 
implications.  3  credits. 

112.  Introduction  to  the  Christian  Faith.  A  system- 
atic" inquiry  into  the  areas  of  religious  language,  religious 
knowledge,  and  the  doctrines  of  God,  man.  Christ,  and  the 
Church.  3  credits. 


120.  Religion  in  America.  A  study  of  contemporary 
Judaism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Protestantism  in  the 
United  States,  including  a  brief  historical  background  of 
each.  Some  attention  is  given  to  the  various  religious  sects 
and  cults.  3  credits. 

130.  American  Folk  Religion.  A  study  the  folk  tradi- 
tions of  selected  American  denominations  and  sects,  and  of 
the  theological  implications  of  "secular"  folklore.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  field-work  as  well  as  on  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: Religion  120  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 
140.  World  Religions.  An  examination  of  the  rise  and 
development  of  religion  along  with  a  study  of  the  ideas,  and 
cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great  world  faiths.  Special 
attention  given  to  Asian  religions.  3  credits. 
202.  The  Prophets.  A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of 
the  Old  Testament  prophets,  and  an  analysis  of  their  con- 
tributions to  Hebrew-Christian  religious  thought.  3  credits. 
206.  Near  East  Archaeology  and  the  Bible.  An  ex- 
amination of  archaeology  in  biblical  lands,  its  methods, 
objectives,  and  contributions  to  the  areas  of  history,  cul- 
ture, and  religion.  3  credits. 

211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  An  intensive  study 
of  the  life  and  message  of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels. 
3  credits. 

212.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  A  study  of  the  life. 
writings,  and  theological  thought  of  Paul  and  their  relation- 
ship to  the  practices,  problems,  and  beliefs  of  the  early 
church.  3  credits. 

222.  Christian  Ethics.  A  systematic  analysis  of  the  im- 
plications of  the  Christian  faith  both  for  personal  moral 


Religion    99 


Sacred 
Music 

(See  Music) 


decision,  and  for  social  policy  in  such  areas  as  marriage 
and  family,  government  and  political  life,  work  and  the 
economic  order.  Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112.  3  cred- 
its. 

311.  Principles  of  Christian  Education.  A  study  of 
the  history  and  theology  of  Christian  education,  catacheti- 
cal  principles,  growth  in  religious  experience,  issues  in  re- 
ligious psychology,  and  the  relationship  of  Christian  educa- 
tion to  higher  education,  the  public  school,  and  the  home. 
3  credits. 

312.  Methods  of  Christian  Education.  An  examina- 
tion of  basic  methodological  competencies  in  Christian  ed- 
ucation, including  curriculum  development,  church  school 
organization,  teacher  training  and  development,  adminis- 
tration and  management,  evaluation  methods,  worship  in 
the  church  school,  use  of  the  Bible,  and  audio-visual  re- 
sources. 3  credits. 

331.  Christian  Tradition  and  Reform.  A  study  of  the 
major  and  continuing  strains  in  the  history  of  Christianity 
and  the  principal  reform  movements.  Required  of  majors 
and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students. 
3  credits. 

332.  Theological  Issues  in  Contemporary  Secular 


Authors.  Identification,  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  is- 
sues of  special  theological  import  raised  by  thinkers  repre- 
senting "non-theological"  disciplines.  Prerequisite:  Reli- 
gion 112  or  consent  of  instructor.  3  credits. 
400.  Field  Work.  An  extension  and  application  of  knowl- 
edge through  a  supervised  internship  experience  in  an  ap- 
propriate church  school,  agency,  or  organization.  1-6  cred- 
its. 

402.  Seminar:  Selected  Problems  in  Christain  Ed- 
ucation. A  critical  analysis  of  selected  themes  and  issues 
in  contemporary  Christian  education.  3  credits. 

403.  Seminar  in  Classical  Christian  Thinkers.  An 
intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  such  classical  religious 
thinkers  as  Augustine.  Aquinas.  Luther,  and  others.  3  cred- 
its. 

404.  Seminar  in  Selected  Religious  Problems.  A 
study  of  selected  problems  arising  from  recent  theological 
efforts.  Research  methodology  is  stressed.  Required  of  ma- 
jors and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  stu- 
dents: others  by  permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment. Prerequisite:  Religion  111  and  112.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Request  guidelines  from  ad- 
viser. 1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


SGnOLQE 


100    Religion 


The  social  sciences  examine  the  structure  of  society  and  the  behavior  of  human  beings  in 
group  relationships  within  that  structure.  This  interdisciplinary  program  provides  an  opportu- 
nity for  the  student  to  explore  the  basic  concepts  of  a  broad  spectrum  of  social  science  disci- 
plines— economics,  history,  political  science,  and  sociology — and  then  to  do  more  concentrated 
work  in  his  choice  of  one  of  these  subject  areas. 

The  program  also  offers  basic  preparation  for  graduate,  theological,  and  law  schools,  and  for 
careers  in  business,  government,  social  work,  and  teaching. 

Degree:  BA.  degree  with  a  major  in  social  science. 

Major:  Economics  110/120;  Geography  112;  History  125/126;  Political  Science  111/112; 
Psychology  100;  Sociology  110,  251;  and  12  hours  in  a  single  social  science  to  be  determined 
with  the  consent  of  the  adviser  in  that  discipline,  for  a  minimum  of  42  hours.  Social  Science 
majors  are  exempted  from  the  9  hours  of  General  Requirements  of  Category  4,  Individual  and 
Group  Behavior. 


Social  Sei 
ence 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Geffen 


Students  who  major  in  sociology  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  do  so  to  benefit  from  a  richer 
understanding  of  contemporary  issues,  and  are  encouraged  to  develop  a  strong  sense  of  personal 
selfhood  and  identity.  The  primary  motivation  for  majoring  in  social  service  is  that  ours  is  a 
service-oriented  society,  and  such  a  major  increases  the  job  competitiveness  for  a  student  who  is 
interested  in  social  work,  social  welfare,  or  in  a  related  field. 

Students  majoring  in  social  service  may  elect  to  concentrate  their  studies  in  one  of  four  areas: 
criminal  justice — dealing  with  incarceration  and  its  alternatives,  family  intervention — counsel- 
ling with  families  as  a  unit,  gerontology — working  with  the  aging,  and  thanatology — focusing 
on  care  for  the  terminally  ill. 

In  addition  to  providing  the  necessary  coursework  needed  for  majors  in  sociology  and  social 
service,  the  department  has  developed  an  extensive  network  of  positions  in  community  service 
agencies  where  students  may  participate  in  internships  to  gain  valuable  pre-professional  train- 
ing. Agencies  represented  in  internship  programs  include:  Lebanon  County  Workshop,  RSVP, 
Child  Welfare,  area  nursing  homes,  and  state  government  agencies  in  Harrisburg. 

Recent  graduates  in  the  department  have  attended  graduate  school  at  the  University  of 
California-Berkeley,  Oklahoma,  Rutgers,  Stanford,  Northwestern,  Maryland,  the  College  of  Wil- 
liam and  Mary,  and  the  University  of  York  (United  Kingdom).  Graduates  have  assumed  positions 
in  the  Lehigh  Valley  Head  Start  program,  the  Lancaster  Community  Action  Program,  Urbana 
College,  Montours  State  Hospital,  the  Children's  Care  Center  in  Harrisburg,  the  Camden  County 
(N.J.)  Welfare  Board,  and  the  Penn  State  Extension  Service. 

Degrees:  BA.  degree  with  a  major  in  sociology.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  social  service. 

Majors:  (Sociology)  Sociology  110,  311, 421.  and  432,  plus  15  additional  hours  in  Sociol- 
ogy. (Social  Service)  Sociology  110  and  311;  Social  Service  262,  331,  341  or  342,  422  and  9 
semester  hours  of  Social  Service  400  plus  one  of  the  following  options:  General  Program — 
Sociology  122, 282  and  two  courses  selected  from  Sociology  232, 273  and  Sociology  291  or  351 
(38-39  hours);  Criminal  Justice  Concentration — Sociology  273,  275,  278  and  Sociology  211  or 


Sociology 
and  Social 
Service 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Clay  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  Hanes 
Mr.  Raiten 


Soc.  &  Soc.  Sen.'.     101 


282  (39  hours);  Family  Intervention  Concentration — Sociology  232,  242;  Social  Service  345, 
and  Sociology  122  or  282  (37  hours);  Gerontology/Thanatology  Concentration — Sociology  122, 
232, 261  and  351  (39  hours). 


102    Soc.  &  Soc.  Sen'. 


Courses  in  Sociology 

110.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  A  systematic  study  of 
the  major  concepts,  methods,  and  area  of  sociology  focus- 
ing on  the  nature  of  society,  the  behavior  of  social  groups, 
and  the  impact  of  society  on  individuals.  3  credits. 
122.  Social  Problems.  An  in-depth  investigation  of  se- 
lected problems  of  contemporary  life  as  seen  through  dif- 
ferent analytical  perspectives.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110. 
3  credits. 

211.  Urbanology.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  and  degree 
of  urbanization  in  the  United  States  and  the  world,  and  of 
the  impact  of  urban  life  on  contemporary  society.  Prereq- 
uisite: Sociology  110.  3  credits. 

232.  Family  Sociology.  An  intensive  study  of  the  family 
as  a  social  institution  varying  from  one  social-historical 
context  to  another.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  2  credits. 
242.  Marriage  Making.  A  look  at  the  marriage  pattern, 
from  initial  dating  to  final  dissolution.  Prerequisite:  Soci- 
ology 110.  2  credits. 

251.  Introduction  to  Anthropology.  A  general  survey 
of  the  uses  and  methods  of  anthropology  focusing  on  the 
interaction  of  physical,  economic,  and  cultural  factors  in 
the  development  of  people  and  their  behavior.  3  credits. 
273.  Criminology.  An  investigation  of  the  social  phe- 
nomenon of  crime,  including  consideration  of  the  nature, 
causes,  and  responses  to  behavior  which  is  defined  as  crim- 
inal or  deviant.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
275.  Criminal  Justice.  An  in-depth  examination  of  the 
strengths  and  weaknesses  of  our  criminal  justice  system 
and  of  possible  alternatives  to  it.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
110.  3  credits. 

278.  Juvenile  Delinquency.  A  sociological  examination 
of  the  factors  associated  with  juvenile  delinquency,  the  the- 
ories explaining  juvenile  delinquency  and  an  exploration  of 
the  operation  of  the  juvenile  justice  system  and  various 
treatment  programs.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
282.  Social  Inequality.  An  analysis  of  relations  within 
and  between  racial  and  other  ethnic  groups.  Consideration 
is  given  to  unique  historical  contexts,  basic  social  pro- 
cesses, and  emergent  contemporary  developments.  Prereq- 
uisite: Sociology  110.  3  credits. 

291.  Gerontology.  An  investigation  of  the  ways  in  which 
individuals,  families,  communities,  and  society  as  a  whole 
respond  to  the  problems  created  by  aging.  Prerequisite: 
Sociology  110.  3  credits. 

302.  Community  Organization.  A  study  of  the  struc- 
ture, action,  and  change  of  communities  as  a  whole  and 
the  organizations  which  comprise  them.  Prerequisite:  So- 
ciology 110.3  credits. 


311.- Research  Methods.  Students  learn  to  develop  re- 
search design,  to  code  data,  to  interpret  and  communicate 
findings,  and  to  utilize  and  evaluate  the  research  of  others. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  Sociology  major,  junior  or  se- 
nior status,  or  permission  of  department  chairperson.  3 
credits. 

322.  Sociology  of  Religion.  An  investigation  of  the 
structure  and  functions  of  religious  organizations  and  phe- 
nomena, with  particular  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  reli- 
gious expression  in  American  society.  Prerequisite:  Sociol- 
ogy 110.3  credits. 

351.  Thanatology.  An  exploration  of  some  of  the  basic 
legal,  medical,  ethical,  and  social  issues  related  to  death 
and  dving  in  contemporary  society.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
110.  3  credits. 

400.  Field  Experience.  An  extension  and  application  of 
knowledge  through  a  supervised  internship  in  an  appropri- 
ate agency  or  organization.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110. 
18  hours  in  sociology  and  permission  of  instructor.  3-12 
credits.  (Maximum  of  15). 

421.  Social  Theory.  An  intensive  exploration  of  the  ma- 
jor sociological  theorists  and  movements.  Prerequisites:  So- 
ciology 110  and  12  hours  in  the  department.  3  credits. 

432.  Seminar  in  Sociology.  A  critical  analysis  of  se- 
lected themes  and  issues  in  contemporary  sociology.  Pre- 
requisites: Sociology  110  and  421.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  study.  Directed  work  in  areas  ap- 
proved by  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  18  hours  in  sociol- 
ogy, a  cumulative  2.5  average,  and  a  contract  with  the 
instructor  prior  to  registration  for  the  course.  1-3  credits 
per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 

Courses  in  Social  Service 

262.  Social  Welfare.  An  introduction  to  social  welfare 
policy,  past  and  present,  stressing  its  functions,  problems, 
prospects  and  the  dynamics  of  the  policy-making  process. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.3  credits. 
331.  Social  Service  Theory.  A  consideration  of  the  var- 
ious theories  underlying  social  work  intervention  at  the 
individual,  family,  small  group,  community  and  societal 
levels.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110:  Social  Service  262.  3 
credits. 

341.  Social  Work  Practice.  Direct  Methods.  An  ex 
amination  of  the  knowledge,  attitudes,  and  skills  required 
for  professional  social  work  practice,  emphasizing  the 
methods  of  social  casework,  social  group  work  and  family 
therapy.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110:  Social  Sen'ice  331. 
3  credits. 


342.  Social  Work  Practice.  Indirect  Methods.  An 

examination  of  the  knowledge,  attitudes  and  skills  required 
for  professional  social  work  practice,  emphasizing  the 
methods  of  community  organization,  social  planning,  and 
social  action.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110:  Social  Service 
331.  3  credits. 

345.  Family  Therapy.  An  examination  of  the  theory  and 
practice  of  family  therapy,  an  increasingly  important  mode 
of  social  work  intervention.  This  course  will  focus  on  the 
contributions  of  several  prominent  family  therapists,  such 
as  Satir.  Minuchin,  Haley,  etc.  Prerequisites: Sociology  232: 
Social  Sen'ice  341  or  permission  of  the  departmental 
chairperson.  3  credits. 
400.  Field  Experience.  An  extension  and  application  of 


knowledge  through  a  supervised  field  placement  experience 
in  a  public  or  private  social  service  agency  or  program. 
Prerequisites:  Sociology  110:  Social  Sendee  331  and  341. 
3-12  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  $15). 
442.  Seminar  in  Social  Work.  A  detailed  study  of  a 
relevant  social  work  area:  group  work,  family  and  children's 
casework,  community  organization,  or  social  action.  Pre- 
requisites: Sociology  110:  Social  Sendee  331  and  341. 
3  credits. 

500.  Independent  study.  Directed  work  in  areas  ap- 
proved by  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  Social  Sen'ice  331 
and  341,  a  cumulative  2.5  average,  and  a  contract  with 
the  instructor  prior  to  registration  for  the  course.  1-3  cred- 
its per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Spanish 


(See  Fbreign  Languages) 


Soc.  &  Sue.  Serv.     103 


I 


II 


i'i\  m"' 


Directories  19S2-83 


EMERITI 

JAMES  0.  BEMESDERFER, 
1959-1976;  Chaplain  Emeritus.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1936;  M.Div., 
United  Theological  Seminary,  1939; 
S.T.M.,  Lutheran  Theological  Semi- 
nary. Phila..  1945;  S.T.D.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1951. 

RUTH  ENGLE  BENDER,  1918- 
1922;  1924-1970;  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Music  Education.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1915;  Oberlin 
Conservatory;  graduate  New  England 
Conservatory. 

0.  PASS  BOLLINGER,  1950- 
1973;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus 
of  Biology.  B.S..  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1928;  M.S.,  The  Pennsvlvania 
State  University,  1937. 
D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933- 
1972;  Director  Emeritus  of  Admis- 
sions. A.B..  Ohio  Weslevan  University, 
1926;  MA.,  Columbia  University,  1932. 
HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-1976; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  German.  MA., 
University  of  Berlin  and  Jena,  1932; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin.  1945. 
CLOYD  H.  EBERSOLE,  1953- 
1982;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Edu- 
cation. A.B.,  Juniata  College,  1933; 
M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1941;  D.Ed.,  1954. 
ALEX  J.  FEHR,  1951-1982;  Pro- 
fessor Emeritus  of  Political  Science. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950; 
M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957; 
Ph.D..  Syracuse  University,  1968. 
GLADYS  M.  FENCIL,  1921-1927; 
1929-1965.  Registrar  Emeritus. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1921. 
DONALD  E.  FIELDS,  1928-1930; 
1947-1970:  Librarian  Emeritus. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1924; 
M.S.,  Princeton  University.  1928;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1935;  A.B.  in 
Library  Science,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1947. 

SAMUEL  O.  GRIMM,  1912-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  B.Pd., 
State  Normal  School,  Millersville,  1910; 


A.B..  Lebanon  Vallev  College,  1912; 

A.M.,  1918;  Sc.D..  1942. 

JUNE  EBY  HERR,   1959-1980; 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Ele- 
mentary Education.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  1943;  M.Ed.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1954. 
THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954- 
1978;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus 
of  Strings,  Conducting,  and  Theory. 
B.Mus..  Baldwin-Wallace  College.  1938; 
Fellowship.  Juilliard  Graduate  School; 
M.Mus..  Manhattan  School  of  Music, 
1952. 

ANNA  D.  FABER  MCVAY,  1954- 
1976;  Professor  Emeritus  of  English. 
A.B..  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1948; 
MA,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1950; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  Jan. 
1960-1975;  Professor  Emeritus  of 
Languages.  A.B.,  Chatham  College, 
1928;  MA,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
1929;  Ph.D.,  1938. 

GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,  1931- 
1970;  Professor  Emeritus  of  English. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  University  of  Kansas.  1922; 
M.S.  in  Ed..  1925;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1931. 

JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954- 
1979;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
Education  and  Brass.  Diploma.  Curtis 
Institute  of  Music,  1931;  A.B.,  Ameri- 
can University.  1951;  MA.,  Catholic 
University.  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washington 
College  of  Music.  1944. 


ACTIVE  FACULTY 

MADELYN     J.     ALBRECHT, 

1973 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Ed- 
ucation. B.A.,  Northern  Baptist  Col- 
lege, 1952;  M.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1958;  Ph.D..  1972. 

RICHARD  C.  BELL,  1966— ;  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.S.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  1941:  M.Ed., 
Temple  University.  1955. 


DAVID  V.  BILGER,   1974—;  Ad- 
junct Instructor  in  Woodwinds.  B.M.. 
Ithaca  College.  1967. 
PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,   1970—; 

Associate  Professor  of  English.  BA. 
Heidelberg  College,  1965;  MA..  Mich- 
igan State  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1974. 

G.  KIP  BOLLINGER,  1982— ;As- 
sistant  Professor  of  Education.  B.S., 
Juniata  College,  1967;  M.S.,  Temple 
University,  1971;  D.Ed.,  1979. 
TERESA  M.  BOWERS,  1978—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds.  B.M., 
Susquehanna  University.  1973;  M.S., 
Ohio  State  University,  1974. 
FAY  B.  BURRAS,  1964—;  Assis- 
tant Professor  of  Mathematics.  A.B.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  1960:  MA., 
Smith  College,  1961. 
RONALD  G.  BURRICHTER,  1968- 
1971;  1973 — ;  Associate  Professor 
of  Music.  B.M.E..  Wartburg  College, 
1964;  M.M.,  Pebody  Conservatory  of 
Music,  1968. 

DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  1971— : 
Professor  of  Religion:  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Religion.  B.A.,  St. 
Paul  Seminary.  1963;  MA.,  Mar- 
quette University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University,  1972. 

SUZANNE        H.        CALDWELL, 

1982 — ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Or- 
gan. B.A..  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1979;  M.M.,  Westminster  Choir  Col- 
lege, 1982. 

VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL, 
1968 — ;  Professor  of  Religion 
and  Greek.  B.A.,  Oklahoma  City 
University,  1952;  B.D..  South- 
ern Methodist  University,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1967. 

ROGER  D.  CARLSON,   1972—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  A.B., 
Sacramento  State  College.  1968;  MA., 
1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon, 
1972. 

ERWIN        P.        CHANDLER, 

1978 — ;  Adjunct  Assistant  Profes- 
sor of  Brass.  B.S..  Ithaca  College, 


Faculty  & 
Administra- 
tion 


Faculty  &  Admin.     105 


106    Faculty  &  Admin. 


1966;  M.M.,  Indiana  University,  1971. 

ROBERTA.  CLAY,  1978— ; Assis- 
tant Professor  of  Sociology;  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Sociology 
and  Social  Sewice.  A.B.,  St.  Mary's 
Seminary  and  University,  1962; 
S.T.B.,  Pontifical  Gregorian  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  M.A.,  Cornell  Univeristy, 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1982. 
BRUCE  S.  CORRELL,  1972—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation. B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State 
University;  1971;  M.Ed.,  1972. 
GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN, 
1961 — ;  Professor  of  Music  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1953;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1957;  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1971. 

DONALD  B.  DAHLBERG, 
1980 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Wash- 
ington, 1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

ROBERT  S.  DAVIDON, 
1970 — ;  Professor  of  Psychology; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Psy- 
chology. A.B.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

ROBERT  E.  DIETZ,  1981—;  Ad- 
junct Instructor  in  Business  Admin- 
istration. B.S.,  Millersville  State  Col- 
lege, 1949. 

JAMES  L.  DUNN,  1972— ;  Adjunct 
instructor  in  Woodwinds.  B.S..  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1964;  M.M.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1968. 

HELCA  DUPONT,  1981—;  Assis- 
tant Professor  of  French  and  German. 
MA..  University  of  Washington,  1965. 

VIRGINIA  E.  ENGLEBRICHT, 
1971 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Voice. 
B.M.E.,  Florida  State  University,  1969; 
M.M.,  1970. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB, 
1947 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Pi- 
ano and  Music  History.  Mus.B..  cum 
laude,  Philadelphia  Conservatory'. 
1949. 

WILLIAM  H.  FOELLER,  1981—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics.  BA., 
University  of  New  Mexico,  1968;  Ph.D.. 
Iowa  State  University,  1972. 


ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965—;  Pro- 
fessor of  English;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  English.  A.B.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1959;  MA.,  Bowling 
Green  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

ELIZABETH     M.     GEFFEN, 

1958 — ;  Professor  of  History; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  His- 
tory and  Political  Science.  B.S.  in 
Ed.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1934; 
M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

LEONARD  S.  CEISSEL,  JR., 
1979 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
Education  and  Brass.  BA..  University 
of  Delaware,  1957;  MA.,  University  of 
Iowa,  1971. 

PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1 959— ;  Profes- 
sor of  Organ.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1951;  M.S.M.,  Union  Theo- 
logical Seminary  School  of  Sacred 
Music,  1953;  A.M.D.,  Eastman  School 
of  Music,  1967. 

RICHARD  H.  GIFFORD,  JR., 
1981 — ;  Adjunct  Assistant  Profes- 
sor of  Accounting.  B.A.,  Gettysburg 
College,  1974;  M.BA,  Pennsylvania 
State  University. 

MICHAEL  A.  CRELLA,  1980—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Education; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Ed- 
ucation. B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College, 
1958;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University, 
1970;  Ed.D.,  1974. 

KLEMENT  M.  HAMBOURG, 
1982 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Mu- 
sic; A.T.C.M.,  Royal  Conservatory  of 
Music,  1946;  L.R.A.M.,  Royal  Acad- 
emy of  Music,  1962;  A.R.C.M.,  Royal 
College  of  Music,  1962;  L.T.C.L., 
Trinity  College  of  Music  (London), 
1965;  Fellow,  1966;  D.M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Oregon,  1977. 

CAROLYN   R.   HANES,    1977—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology.  BA., 
Central  Michigan  University,  1969; 
MA,  University  of  New  Hampshire, 
1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

JANET  L.  HARRIGER,  1977—; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education.  B.S., 
Lock  Haven  State  College,  1974. 
BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  1971—; 
Professor  of  Mathematics.  BA..  West- 
ern Washington  State  College,  1964; 
MA.,   Washington    State   University, 


1966;  Ph.D..  1968. 

ALAN  G.  HEFFNER,  1980—;  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration.  BA..  Son- 
oma State  College,  1970;  MA..  Cali- 
fornia State  University,  1973;  Ph.D.. 
Purdue  University,  1976. 

JOHN  H.  HEFFNER,  1972— ;  As- 
sociate Professor  of  Philosophy;  Act- 
ing Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Philosophy.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1968;  A.M.,  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1971;  Ph.D..  1976. 

ANN   L.   HENNINGER,    1973—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Biology.  BA., 
Wilson  College,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1973. 

BARRY  L.  HURST,  1982— Assis- 
tant Professor  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Jun- 
iata College,  1972;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Delaware,  1982. 

CONSTANCE  M.HYLTON,  1982—; 
Instructor  in  Accounting  and  Busi- 
ness Administration;  B.S.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  Uni- 
versity, 1972;  M.B.A.,  Arizona  State 
University,  1981. 

DIANE  M.   IGLESIAS,    1976—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Spanish; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  For- 
eign Languages.  BA.,  Queens  Col- 
lege, 1971;  MA.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

RICHARD  A.  ISKOWITZ, 
1969 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Art; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Art. 
B.F.A..  Kent  State  University,  1965; 
M.FA.,  1967. 

L.  EUGENE  JACQUES,  1975—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  BA., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1937;  M.Ed., 
1941;  D.Ed.,  1952. 
RICHARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966— ;  As- 
sistant Professor  of  History.  A.B.,  Yale 
University,  1952:  MA..  San  Francisco 
State  College,  1963. 

JOHN  P.  KEARNEY,  1971—;  Pro- 
fessor of  English.  BA.,  St.  Benedict's 
College,  1962;  MA.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1968. 

JAMES  R.  KLOCK,  1981—;  Ad- 
junct Instructor  in  Percussion.  B.M., 
West  Virginia  University,  1979. 
NEVELYN    J.    KNISLEY,    1954- 
1958;  1963;  1970—;  Adjunct  As- 


sistant  Professor  of  Piano.  Mus.B., 
Oberlin  Conservatory  of  Music.  1951; 
M.FA,  Ohio  University,  1953. 

JACK  KRONE,  1982— j  Adjunct 
Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  West 
Chester  State  College,  1959;  M.M.Ed.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1963. 

DAVID  I.  LASKY,  1974—;  Profes- 
sor of  Psychology.  A.B.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1956;  MA„  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968—;  Profes- 
sor of  Music;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Cath- 
olic University,  1979. 
JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954—;  Professor 
of  Psychology.  A.B..  Erskine  College, 
1941;  MA.,  Winthrop  College,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1953. 

LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ, 
1971 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  En- 
glish. A.B.,  Duquesne  University, 
1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

•UOERG  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970—; 

Professor  of  Mathematics.  Dipl.  Math., 
University  of  Giessen,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1954. 

ROBERT        T.        HEASHEY, 

1980 — ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in 
Trumpet.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1977. 

OWEN  A.  MOE,  JR.,  1973— ;  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Chemistry.  BA., 
St.  Olafs  College,  1966;  Ph.D..  Purdue 
University,  1971. 

PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Voice.  B.M.E., 
Kansas  State  College,  1962;  M.S.,  1965. 
HOWARD  A.  NEIDIC,  1948—; 
Professor  of  Chemistry;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Chemistry.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.S., 
University  of  Delaware,  1946;  Ph.D.. 
1948. 

JOHN  D.  NORTON,  1971—;  As- 
sociate Professor  of  Political  Science. 
BA..  University  of  Illinois,  1965;  MA.. 
Florida  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 
American  University,  1973. 

•AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,  1961—; 

Professor  of  English.  A.B.,  Immacu- 
lata  College,   1948;  M.Ed.,  Temple 


University,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D..  1976. 

J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL, 
1959 — ;  Associate  Professor  of 
Physics.  B.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1950;  M.S..  University  of 
Delaware,  1953. 

DWIGHT  PAGE,  1982—;  Assis- 
tant Professor  of  French  and  Ger- 
man. B.A.,  Davidson  College,  1975; 
MA.,  Harvard  University,  1976;  Ph.D., 
1981. 

RICHARD  C.  PAPPAS,  1982- 
1 983;  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics.  BA..  Haverford  Col- 
lege, 1969;  Ph.D..  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1975. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES, 
1963 — ;  Associate  Professor  of 
Physical  Education;  B.S..  Kent  State 
University,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1962. 
SIDNEY  POLLACK,  1976—;  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Biology.  BA.,  New 
York  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  1970. 
HOWARD  L.  RATTEN,  1979—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology.  B.S., 
City  University  of  New  York,  1965; 
M.S.W.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1976. 

O.  KENT  REED,  1971—;  Associ- 
ate Professor  of  Physical  Education; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Phys- 
ical Education.  B.S.  in  Ed.,  Otterbein 
College,  1956;  MA.  in  Ed.,  Eastern 
Kentucky  University,  1970. 
KEVIN  C.  REIDY,  1981—;  In- 
structor in  Economics  and  Business 
Administration.  BA.,  Gettysburg  Col- 
lege, 1975;  J.D.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Buffalo,  1978. 
C.  ROBERT  ROSE,  1981—;  As- 
sociate Professor  of  Music.  B.M.Ed., 
Southern  Illinois  University,  1964; 
M.M.,  1966;  D.M.,  Indiana  University, 
1978. 

JACOB  L.  RHODES,  1957—;  Pro- 
fessor of  Physics;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Physics.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 

JAMES  W.  SCOTT,  1976—;  Asso- 
ciate Professor  of  German.  BA.,  Jun- 

*Sabbatical  leave,  full  year 
** Sabbatical  leave,  second  semester 


iata  College,  1965;  Ph.D..  Princeton 
University.  1971. 

DAVID  S.  SEITZ,  1981— ;  Instruc- 
tor in  Economics  and  Business  Ad- 
ministration. B.S.,  University  of  Dela- 
ware, 1957;  B.S.,  York  College  of 
Pennsylvania,  1977;  M.BA.,  1980. 
JOHN  S.  SMITH,  1979— ;. Adjunct 
Instructor  in  Psychology.  B.S.,  Jun- 
iata College,  1971;  MA.,  Pepperdine 
University,  1976. 

ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951—; 
Professor  of  Music  Education.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1939;  MA., 
Columbia  University,  1950. 

DAVID  STAFFORD,  1981—;  Ad- 
junct Instructor  in  Guitar.  B.M., 
Combs  College  of  Music,  1967. 

RICHARD   G.   STONE,    1976—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration;  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration. A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1957;  M.S..  FYanklin  &  Mar- 
shall College,  1969;  M.B.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Connecticut,  1972. 

THOMAS  M.  STROHMAN, 
1977 — ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Flute. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1975. 

DENNIS  W.  SWEICART, 
1972 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Pi- 
ano. B.S..  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1963;  M.M..  University  of  Michigan, 
1965;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa. 
1977. 

•WARREN  K.  A.  THOMPSON, 
1967 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Phi- 
losophy; Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Trinity 
University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of 
Texas,  1963. 

C.  F.  JOSEPH  TOM,  1954—;  Pro- 
fessor of  Economics  and  Business  Ad- 
ministration. BA..  Hastings  College, 
1944;  MA,  University  of  Chicago,  1947; 
Ph.D„  1963. 

HORACE  W.  TOUSLEY,  1981—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical 
Sciences;  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematical  Sciences.  A.B., 
Ripon  College,  1951;  M.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Alabama,  1970. 
•  'PERRY  J.  TROUTMAN,  I960—; 
Professor  of  Religion.  BA.,  Hough- 
ton College,   1949;  M.Div.,   United 


Faculty  &  Admin.     107 


108    Faculty  &  Admin. 


Theological  Seminary,  1952;  Ph.D., 
Boston  University,  1964. 

•SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK, 

1974 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Bi- 
ology. B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University. 
1966;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1975. 

JACQUELINE  J.  VIVELO,  1981—; 

Adjunct  Instructor  in  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1965;  M.A., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1970. 

L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON, 
1963—;  Professor  of  Religion.  BA.. 
Make  Forest  University,  1944;  B.D..  Di- 
vinity School  of  Duke  University.  1947; 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1949. 

•STEPHEN  E.  WILLIAMS, 
1973 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Bi- 
ology. BA.  Central  College,  1964; 
M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee.  1966; 
Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  1971. 
R.  CORDON  WISE,  1973—;  Ad- 
junct Professor  of  Art.  B.S.,  University 
of  Missouri.  1960;  MA,  Roosevelt 
University,  1964;  Ed.D..  University  of 
Missouri,  1970. 

PHILIP  R.  WITMER,  1981— ;  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Accounting  and 
Business  Administration.  B.A., 
Greensboro  College,  1970;  M.B.A., 
University  of  South  Carolina,  1974; 
MA,  1975.  CPA,  Pennsylvania. 
PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966—;  Professor 
of  Biology:  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Biology.  B.S.,  Elizabethtown 
College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Del- 
aware, 1963;  Ph.D..  1968. 
ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968—;  Pro- 
fessor of  Biology.  BA.,  Gettysburg 
College.  1963:  MA.,  Drake  University. 
1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont, 
1968. 

GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965—;  As- 
sociate Professor  of  English.  A.B.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951;  M.Ed.. 
Temple  University,  1962. 


ADMINISTRATION 

President 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,  1968 

— ;  President.  BA,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1952;  M.Ed.,  Western  Mary- 


land College.  1956;  D.Ed.,  The  Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  1968:  Pd.D., 
Albright  College,  1968. 


Presidential  Staff 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947—;  Vice- 
president.  1967 — ;  Assistant  to  the 
President,  1980—;  A.B.,  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College,  1940;  M.Div..  United 
Theological  Seminary,  1943;  Ph.D., 
Yale  University,  1954. 
GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE, 
1952—;  Dean  of  Students.  1972—; 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1948; 
MA,  Columbia  University,  1951;  Ed.D., 
Temple  University,  1967. 
RICHARD  REED,  1980—;  Vice- 
president.  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  BA., 
Stetson  University.  1962:  MA.,  Emorv 
University.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951—;  Con- 
troller. 1962—;  Vice-president.  1967— 
.  B.S.  in  Ed..  Shippensburg  State  Col- 
lege. 1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  University. 
1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University.  1962; 
C.P.M.,  1976. 

JOHN  ABERNATHY  SMITH, 
1980—;  College  Chaplain.  BA.,  Van- 
derbilt  University,  1961;  M.Div.,  Drew 
University,  1965;  MA.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 
GREGORY  G.  STANSON, 
1966 — ;  Dean  of  Admissions. 
1980—;  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1963;  M.Ed..  University  of  To- 
ledo, 1966. 

ROBERT  M.  WONDERLING, 
1967 — ;  Executive  Director  of  De- 
velopment and  College  Relations. 
1976—;  B.S.,  Clarion  State  College. 
1953;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
1958. 


Administrative  Staff 

DONNA    C.    BROWN,     1981—; 

Counselor  in  Admissions.  B.S.,  Leb- 
anon Valley  College,  1981. 
ELOISE    P.    BROWN,    1961—; 

Readers'  Services  Librarian.  B.S.L.S.. 
Simmons  College,  1946. 

'Sabbatical  leave,  full  year 


WILLIAM     J.     BROWN,     JR., 

1980 — ;  Counselor  in  Admissions. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979. 
ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966-;  Tech- 
nical Processes  Librarian.  A.B.,  Smith 
College,  1956;  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute 
of  Technology,  1957;  M.L.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

ROBERT  F.  EARLY,  1971—;  Col- 
lege Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1949;  M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical 
College.  1952. 

POLLY  C.  EHRGOOD,   1980—; 

Assistant  Director  of  Development. 
A.B.,  Smith  College,  1947. 
DAVID  C.  EVANS,  1981—;  Direc- 
tor of  Career  Planning  and  Place- 
ment. B.A.,  Slippery  Rock  State  Col- 
lege. 1969;  M.Ed.,  Rutgers  University, 
1974. 

RONALD  G.  EVANS,  1972—;  Di- 
rector of  General  Institutional  Ser- 
vices. 

DEBORAH  R.  FULLAM,  1982—; 
Staff  Assistant.  Computer  Center. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1981; 
Data  Processing,  Harrisburg  Area 
Community  College,  1982. 
RUSSELL  L.  GINGRICH, 
1971—;  College  Physician.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1947;  M.D., 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  1951. 

SHARON  L.  GRISSINGER, 
1982—;  Athletic  Trainer.  B.S.,  Lock 
Haven  State  College,  1979;  M.Ed.. 
Temple  University,  1981. 
CATHERINE  L.  HARKEY,  1981 
— ;  Counselor  in  Admissions.  BA.. 
Dickinson  College.  1981. 
ROBERT  E.  HARNISH, 
1967 — ;  Manager  of  the  College 
Store;  Business  Manager  of  the  Con- 
cert Choir  and  Chamber  Orchestra. 
BA.,  Randolph  Macon  College,  1966. 
ANN  L.  HENNINGER,  1973—; 
Director  of  Continuing  Education, 
1980—.  A.B.,  Wilson  College,  1968; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1973. 

WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  HI,  1970— 

;  The  Librarian;  Associate  Professor. 
A.B.,  The  King's  College.  1955;  Th.M., 
Dallas  Theological  Seminary.  1959; 
M.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University,  1965. 
ROBERT  M.  KLINE,  1970—;  Col- 
lege Physician.  B.S..  Lebanon  Valley 


College,  1950;  M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical 
College.  1955:  BA.  Lebanon  Vallev 
College.  1971. 

CHRISTINEA.  KOTERBA,  1982—; 

Director  of  Financial  .Aid.  BA,  Wilkes 
College.  1977. 

CAROL  J.  LENNOX,  1978—;  As- 
sistant Director  of  Public  Relations. 
BA,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 
and  State  University.  1978. 
DAVID  J.  MICHAELS,  1981—; 
Director  of  food  Semice.  AAS..  More- 
head  State  University.  1975. 
MARGARET  MICHAELS,  R.N., 
Resident  Nurse. 

DELIA  M.  NEIDIC,  1962—;  Di- 
rector of  Housekeeping.  1972 — . 

CHERYL  L.  REIHL,  1982—;  Di- 
rector of  Student  Activities.  B.S.H.E.. 
University  of  North  Carolina  at 
Greensboro,  1977;  M.Ed.,  University 
of  Connecticut-Storrs,  1980. 
RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951; 
Feb.,  1953 — ;  .Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College  and  Registrar.  1967 — .  A.B.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  1942;  A.M., 
University  of  Pennsvlvania.  1947;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

STEPHEN  SHOOP,  1978—;  Act- 
ing Director  of  the  Computer  Center. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1974. 
WALTER  L.  SMITH,  1961-1969; 
1971 — ;    Coordinator   of  Confer- 


ences; Director  of  Special  Services. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961; 
M.S.  in  Ed..  Temple  University.  1967. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO, 
1971 — ;  Assistant  Dean  of  Stu- 
dents. 1979-1981;  Director  of  Place- 
ment. 1975-1981;  Director  of 
Athletics.  1981—.  B.A..  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1954;  M.A..  Bucknell 
University.  1961. 

SUSAN  THOMPSON,  R.N.,  Resi- 
dent Xurse. 

JOHN  J.  UHL,  1980—;  Director  of 
Media  Services.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Vallev 
College.  1979. 

HAROLD  D.  ULMER,  1973— ;  Di- 
rector of  Public  Relations,  1978 — ; 
BA.  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1973. 

ROBERT  L.  UNGER,  1982— ;  Di- 
rector of  Alumni  Relations.  BA, 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969;  MA, 
University  of  Chicago,  1982. 

DANE  A.  WOLFE,  1977—;  .Assis- 
tant Controller.  B.S..  Lebanon  Vallev 
College.  1974. 

JULIANA  Z.WOLFE,  1975-1978; 
1979—;  Head  Nurse.  R.N.,  St. 
Joseph's  Hospital,  Carbondale.  1963. 

ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973— ;  As- 
sistant Dean  of  Students.  1976—.  B.S.. 
Lock  Haven  State  College.  1966:  M.Ed., 
West  Chester  State  College.  1970. 


SAMUEL  J.  ZEARFOSS, 
1952 — ;  Superintendent  of  Build- 
ings and  Grounds.  1969 — . 

Coaching  Staft 

BRUCE  S.  CORRELL,   1972—; 

Lacrosse  Coach;  Soccer  Coach;  Direc- 
tor of  Intramurals  for  Men. 
JOHN  S.  DeFRANK,  1979— ;. 4s 
sistant  Football  Coach. 
GORDON  E.  FOSTER,  1982—; 
Men  s  Basketball  Coach. 
HAROLD  G.  GETZ,  1978—;  .As- 
sistant Football  Coach. 

JANET  L.  HARRIGER,   1977—; 

Women's  Lacrosse  Coach;  Director  of 
Intramurals  for  Women;  Assistant  Field 
Hockey  Coach. 

JOEL  E.  HOFFSMITH,   1979—; 

Cross  Country  Coach. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963—; 

Golf  Coach:  Wrestling  Coach. 

O.  KENT  REED,  1971— ;. Assistant 
Football  Coach;  Track  Coach. 
STEPHANC.SCHAFFER,  1980—; 

Equipment  Manager. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971— 

;  Football  Coach. 

JACQUELINE       S.       WALTERS, 
1965—;  Field  Hockey  Coach. 
ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973—;  As- 
sistant Women's  Lacrosse  Coach. 


OFFICERS 

F.   ALLEN    RUTHERFORD,    JR. 

President 

ELIZABETH    K.    WEISBURGER 

First  Vice-president 

GERALD  D.   KAUFFM-iX  Second 

Vice-president 

E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.  Secretary 

E.  PETER  STRICKLER  Treasurer 

HARLAN  R.  WENCERT  Assistant 

Treasurer 

E.    N.    FUNKHOUSER    President 
Emeritus 

ALLAN  W.  MUND  President  Emeri- 
tus 


MEMBERS 

MR.  EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD;  Presi- 
dent. New  Penn  Motor  Express.  Inc. 
Lebanon,  PA. 

WILLIAM  D.  BOSWELL,  ES- 
QUIRE; Attorney.  Berman  and  Bo- 
swell.  Harrisburg.  PA. 

MRS.  MILDRED  A.  BOWEN;  Cafe- 
teria Manager.  Northeastern  School 
District.  Mt.  Wolf.  PA. 

MR.  RAYMOND  H.  CARR;  Presi- 
dent. Pickering  Creek  Industrial  Park, 
Inc.  Lionville.  PA. 

MRS.    RUTH    A.    DAUCHERTY; 

Homemaker.  Reading,  PA. 


MR.  JAMES  J.  DAVISON;  Owner. 
Davison  Motor  Car  Company,  Free- 
hold, N.J. 

MR.    CURVIN    N.    DELLINGER; 

President,  1.  C.  Hauer's  Sons.  Inc. 
Lebanon,  PA. 

DR.  WOODROW  S.  DELLINGER; 

General  Practitioner.  Red  Lion,  PA. 
REV.  CLAUDE  A.  EDMONDS;  Pas- 
tor. Tindley  Temple.  Philadelphia.  PA. 
MR.  DEWITT  M.  ESSICK;  Retired 
Executive.  Armstrong  Cork  Company. 
Lancaster.  PA. 

MR.  JOSEPH  H.  El  BANKS:  Reg- 
istered Representative,  Broker.  Kidder. 
Peabody  and  Co.,  Inc.  Reading.  PA. 


The  Board 
of  Trustees 
1981-82 


Bd.  of  Trustees     109 


110    Bd.  of  Trustees 


DR.    ARTHUR    L.    FORD,    JR.; 

Chairman,  Department  of  English, 
Professor  of  English,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Annville,  PA. 

DR.  DANIEL  W.  FOX;  Manager, 
Central  Research.  Chemistry  Research 
and  Development.  General  Electric 
Company — Plastic  Division.  Pittsfield, 
MA. 

GEORGE  S.  GLEN,  ESQUIRE;  At- 
torney, Glen  and  Glen.  Chambers- 
burg.  PA. 

MRS.     KATHRYN     M.     GROVE; 

Homemaker.  Philadelphia.  PA. 

DR.  THOMAS  W.  GUINTVAN;  Pas- 
tor, Colonial  Park  United  Methodist 
Church.  Harrisburg,  PA. 

MRS.  ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN;  Of- 
ficer. Dutchmaid,  Inc.,  Akron.  PA. 

PHILIP  C.  HERR,  II,  ESQUIRE; 

Attorney —  Herr.  Potts  and  Herr.  Phil- 
adelphia. PA. 

REV.  EARL  H.  KAUFFMAN;  Pastor. 
Highspire/Mt.  Zion  United  Methodist 
Church.  Highspire.  PA. 

DR.    GERALD    D.    KAUFFMAN; 

Pastor.  Grace  United  Methodist  Church. 
Carlisle.  PA. 

REV.  W.  RICHARD  KOHLER;  Pas- 
tor, First  United  Methodist  Church. 
Palmyra,  PA. 

MR.    ANDREW    W.    KREIDER; 

Owner.  H.  H.  Bealler  and  Co.,  Inc., 
Wyomissing,  PA. 

MR.  WALTER  LEVINSKY;  Free- 
lance Musician.  Composer  and  Con- 
ductor. New  York  City,  NY. 

MRS.  JEAN  W.  LEVY;  Oimer,  The 
Sample  Store.  Lebanon.  PA. 

DR.  JEAN  0.  LOVE;  Professor  of 
Psychology,  Lebanon  Valley  College. 
Annville,  PA. 

MISS  JOAN  C.  McCULLOH;  Chair- 
person. Department  of  English,  Ann- 
ville-Cleona  High  School.  Annville.  PA. 

DR.  OWEN  A.  MOE,  JR.;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Chemistry.  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College.  Annville.  PA. 

DR.  HENRY  H.  NICHOLS;  Pastor. 
Janes    Memorial    United    Methodist 


Church.  Philadelphia.  PA. 
DR.  AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL;  Pro- 
fessor of  English.  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. Annville,  PA. 

GENERAL  PETER  G.  OLEN- 
CHUK;  Management  Consultant,  Ti- 
mex  Corporation.  New  York  City,  NY; 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Newport  In- 
stitute. Newport,  RI.  Major  General, 
U.S.  Army  (Ret.). 

DR.  HAROLD  S.  PEIFFER;  Re- 
tired Pastor.  United  Methodist  Church. 
Lancaster,  PA. 

MR.  KENNETH  H.  PLUMMER; 
President,  E.D.  Plummer  Sons,  Inc. 
Chambersburg,  PA. 

MRS.  RHEA  P.  REESE;  Home- 
maker.  Hershey,  PA. 

MISS  MILDRED  M.  REIGH;  Pro- 
fessor of  Mathematics,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania.  Indiana.  PA. 

MR.    THOMAS    C.    REINHART; 

President  of  Tray-Pak-Corp.,  T.C.R. 
Packaging,  Inc..  and  Albee-Campbell, 
Inc.  West  Lawn.  PA. 

MISS   TAMARA  L.   REYNOLDS; 

Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College. 
Annville,  PA. 

MR.  MELV1N  S.  RIFE;  Retired  Ex- 
ecutive, Schmidt  and  Ault  Paper  Com- 
pany— Div.  St.  Regis  Paper  Company. 
York,  PA. 

MR.   F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD, 
JR.;  Retired  Principal,  Arthur  Young 
and  Company.  Richmond,  VA. 
DR.  FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE; 

President  of  the  College.  Annville.  PA. 
THE  HONORABLE  H.  JACK 
SELTZER;  President,  Palmyra  Bolo- 
gna Company.  Palmyra,  PA. 

DR.  DANIEL  L.  SHEARER;  Dis- 
trict Superintendent,  State  College 
District.  Central  Pennsylvania  Confer- 
ence. United  Methodist  Church.  State 
College.  PA. 

BISHOP  F.  HERBERT  SKEETE; 

Resident  Bishop  — The  Philadelphia 
Area,  The  United  Methodist  Church. 
Philadelphia.  PA. 

DR.   HARVEY  B.   SNYDER;  Re- 
tired, The  Exxon  Corporation.  Leba- 
non, PA. 
DR.    ARTHUR    W.    STAMBACH; 

Pastor,  First  United  Methodist  Church. 


Hershey,  PA. 

DR.  PAUL  E.  STAMBACH;  Pastor, 

Asbury  United  Methodist  Church.  York, 

PA. 

MISS  MONIKA  M.  STICKEL;  Stu- 
dent, Lebanon  Valley  College.  Ann- 
ville, PA. 
MR.    E.    PETER    STRICKLER; 

President.  Strickler  Insurance  Agency, 
Inc.  Lebanon,  PA. 

DR.  H.  THOMAS  TAMAKI;  Physi- 
cian, Montgomery  Hopsital.  Norris- 
town.  PA. 

MR.  BRIAN  C.  TRUST;  Student. 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  Annville,  PA. 

MR.  RONALD  B.  WEINEL;  Assis- 
tant Treasurer.  The  Bendix  Corpora- 
tion. Southfield,  MI. 
DR.  ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBUR- 
GER;  Chief  of  Carcinogen  Metabo- 
lism and  Tbxicology  Branch.  National 
Cancer  Institute.  Bethesda,  MD. 
MR.  HARLAN  R.  WENGERT; 
President,  Wengert's  Dairy.  Inc.  Leba- 
non, PA. 

DR.  J.  DENNIS  WILLIAMS;  Pas- 
tor, United  Methodist  Church  of  West 
Chester.  West  Chester.  PA. 
MR.  E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.;  Secre- 
tary, Board  of  Trustees,  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College.  Annville,  PA. 
DR.  ALLAN  F.  WOLFE;  Professor  of 
Biology,  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Ann- 
ville, PA. 

HARRY  B.  YOST,  ESQUIRE;  At- 
torney— Hassell.  Yost  and  Sorrentino. 
Lancaster,  PA. 


HONORARY  TRUSTEES 

JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART,  ES- 
QUIRE; Attorney— McNees.  Wallace 
and  Nurick.  Harrisburg,  PA. 
DR.  BERTHA  B.  BLAIR;  President 
and  Chairman  of  the  Board.  Denver 
and  Ephrata  Telephone  Company. 
Ephrata,  PA. 

MRS.    CECIL   B.    LUTZ;   Home- 
maker.  Denver,  PA. 
MR.     BERNARDO     J.     PENTU- 
RELLI;  Corporate  Consultant.  Lau- 
reldale,  PA. 


HORACE  E.  SMITH,  ESQUIRE; 

Attorney,  Smith  and  McClearv.  York, 
PA. 

MR.  WOODROW  W.  WALTE- 
MYER;  Business  Executive,  York,  PA. 
MRS.  ALBERT  WATSON;  Home- 
maker.  Carlisle.  PA. 


EMERITI  TRUSTEES 

DR.  WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON;  Re- 
tired Executive.  Walter  W.  Moyer 
Company.  Ephrata,  PA. 

DR.  EUGENE  C.  FISH,  ES- 
QUIRE; President,  Peerless  Indus- 


tries, Inc.  Boyertown,  PA;  Chairman 
of  the  Board.  Eastern  Foundry  Com- 
pany. Boyertown,  PA;  Attorney — 
Romeika,  Fish  and  Scheckter.  Phil- 
adelphia, PA;  Senior  Partner,  Tax  As- 
sociates. Phildelphia,  PA. 

DR.  E.  N.  FUNKHOUSER;  Retired 
President.  Funkhouser  Corporation. 
Hagerstown,  MD. 

MR.  JOHN  R.  HARPER;  President. 
Pardee  Company.  Philadelphia.  PA. 

DR.  PAUL  E.  HORN;  Pastor,  Ste- 
vens Memorial  United  Methodist 
Church.  Harrisburg,  PA. 

BISHOP  HERMANN  W.  KAEB- 
NICK;  Retired  Bishop,  Central  Penn- 


sylvania Conference,  United  Methodist 
Church.  Hershey,  PA. 
MR.    ROBERT    W.    LUTZ;    Re- 
tired   Executive,     Blumenthal-Kahn 
Electric  Company.  Owings  Mills,  MD. 

DR.  ALLAN  W.  MIND;  Retired 
Chairman,  Board  of  Directors.  Elli- 
cott  Machine  Corporation.  Baltimore, 
MD. 

MRS.  JESSIE  A.  PRATT;  Home- 
maker.  Philadelphia,  PA. 
DR.  EZRA  H.  RANCH;  Retired  Pas- 
tor, United  Methodist  Church.  Mt.  Joy, 
PA. 

MR.  RALPH  M.  HITTER;  Presi- 
dent. Ritter  Brothers,  Inc.  Harrisburg, 
PA. 


Bd.  of  Trustees     111 


Index 


112    Index 


Academic  Procedures  43 

Accounting     60 

Accreditation     26 

Actuarial  Science   83 

Admissions    31 

Admissions  (Early)   31 

Administration  (Directory)     .  .  .    108 
Administrative  Regulations    ....   52 

Advisers    43 

Affiliation  (Church)    26 

Application    31 

Application  Form    Pullout 

Art    56 

Athletics    26,92 

Attendance  (Class)    53 

Auditing  Courses    52 

Average  (Grade  Point)    44 

Biochemistry    56 

Biology    57 

Board  of  Trustees 26,109 

Business  Administration     .  . .    59,61 

Calendar  (1981-82)    22 

Calendar  (1982-83)    23 

Chapel  Programs    26 

Chemistry     63 

Christian  Education   98 

Coaching  Staff   109 

Computer  Programming    65 

Computer  Science    81 

Cooperative  Programs    .  57,68,74,90 

Course  Credit 55 

Course  Numbering  System    ....   55 

Credits  (Course)  43,55 

Credits  (Transfer)   33,44 

Criminal  Justice  101 

Cultural  Opportunities 28 

Degrees     43 

Dentistry  (Pre)   75 

Departmental  Honors    49 

Deposits    31,32,36,37 

Directories    105 

Dishonesty  (Academic)  53 

Dismissal    53 

Economics    62 

Education   66 

Education  (Secondary)     67 

Elementary  Education    66 

Endowment  Funds  34 

Engineering  (Cooperative)   68 


English     69 

Environmental  Biology 

(Off  Campus)    50 

Evening  School    50,57 

Faculty  (Directory)  105 

Family  Intervention    102 

Financial  Aid    39 

Financial  Aid  (Application)     ....  40 

Fees  (1981-82)    36 

Foreign  Languages  71 

Forestry  (Cooperative)    74 

French    72 

Geography    74 

German    73 

Germantown  Semester 

(Off  Campus)    51 

Gerontology    102 

Grading  System   45 

Greek    73 

Health  Professions   58,75 

History    76 

History  of  the  College    2 

Honors    48 

Humanities     79 

Individualized  Major    80 

Independent  Study  48 

International  Business  80 

International  Studies 

(Off  Campus)    51 

Internships     58,59,60, 

62,65,71,76,77,78,83,97,100,102 

Latin     73 

Law  (Pre)   76 

Major    44 

Map  (Campus)    .     Inside  Back  Cover 

Map  (Location)  4 

Mathematics     81,82 

Meals    38 

Medical  Technology    83 

Medicine  (Pre)    75 

Metropolitan  Semester     ....    51,84 

Music    85 

Music  Education    85 

Music  (Sacred)   85 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology    . .   90 

Nursing     58,91 

Operations  Research    83 

Orientation  (New  Student)  33 

Pass/Fail    46 


Pharmacy  (Pre)    75 

Philosophy    91 

Physical  Education  92 

Physics    93 

Placement  (Advanced)    32 

Placement  (Counseling)  45 

Podiatry  (Pre)     75 

Political  Science  76 

Preregistration    36,51 

Pre-requisites    55 

Probation    53 

Psychology    95 

Reading  and  Study  Skills  98 

Recreation    26 

Refunds    37 

Registration    36,52 

Religion    98 

Religious  Life   26 

Repeating  Courses   52 

Requirements  (The  General)    ...  47 

Residence  Halls    37 

Residence  Requirement    44 

Sacred  Music    85 

Schedules   52 

Secondary  Education   67 

Semester  Hours  13 

Social  Life    28 

Social  Science    101 

Social  Service     101 

Social  Work    101 

Sociology    101 

Spanish 73 

Special  Topics     55 

Statement  of  Purpose    24 

Student  Conduct  Code 29 

Student  Government   29 

Summer  Session    50 

Suspension     53 

Thanatology    102 

Transcripts    53 

Transfer  Credit    33,44 

Trustees  (Directory)  109 

University  Center  50 

Veterinary  (Pre)    75 

Washington  Semester  (Off  Campus) 

51 

Weekend  College    50 

Withdrawal   53 


cu 

<j 

cu 

CU 

cu 

co 

62 
o 

x: 

C/3 

-a 

cu 

t<3 

o 

c 

CU 

cu 

<_» 

ra 

TJ 

C 
Si 

o 

o 

a. 

,C 

CO 

CO 

GO 

S 

■B    □    □    □    D 


i« 

CU 

<J 

c 

£? 

a> 

l-N 

CO 

0) 

> 

J3 

4-1 

c 

<3 

c 

o 

T3 

0) 

3 

J* 

"o 

s 

QJ 

£ 

cu 

O 

h-CJ 

?-, 

>> 

a. 

Oil 

On 

o 
"o 

cu 
C 
a; 

'6b 

62 

o 
o 

c 

■C 
(J 

2 

x: 

c 

CU 

x: 

o 

o 
c 

o 

c 

cu 
<u 

o 

-4-> 

c 

3 

Ofl 

c 

't73 

o. 

3 

t/3 

u 
'6b 
o 

.o 

>. 

3 

o 

U 

u 

«s. 

2 

O 

cu 

as 

U 

a 

a 

D 

a 

□ 

a 

10  POSTAGE 
JECESSARY 
IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 
IITED  STATES 


o 
c 


CO 


c 

Cu 


cu 

c 


62 


3 

o 

-1 

ea 

o 

c 

>, 

<a 

JC 

c 

u 

o 

o 

£ 

cu 

"ia 

F 

s 

"2 

c 

CU 

o 

o 

a> 

-a 

1/3 

c 

j= 

n3 

s 

cu 

S 

3 

n 

□ 

a 

a 

I] 

62 

_o 
o 

c 
x: 


pSi 

x: 

^. 

c 
o 

cu 

C 

cu 

-4-» 

3 

3 

■n 

cu 

a> 

OS 

1/3 

c 

W 

1- 

XJO 

K3 

c 

fO 

o 

»■* 

3 

3 

CL 

->. 

2 

2 

O 

x: 
o. 
o 


x: 
cu 


cu 


t_) 

o 

CJ 

■cm 

c/3 

3 

C 

3 

o 
o 

c 
o 

-a 

CO 

-t-> 

sz 
u 

on 

£ 

rt3 

<_> 

( ) 

"i 

ra 

o 

Cu 

cu 

oz 

CO 

CO 

□   □□□□□□□□□a 


>J0  POSTAGE 
NECESSARY 
IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 
JITED  STATES 


op 

c 

c 

3 
O 


cu 
u 

C 


D      & 


u 

CO 


n3 
3 
-t-» 
o 

< 
a 


cu 

x: 
o 


€2 


ea     ea 


§ 

m 

4-» 

c 

c 

cu 

fc 

cu 

-q 

C/J 

< 
cu 

& 

W5 

cu 

3 

C 

E 

cu 

R 

3 

x: 

o 

ea 

o 

U 

c 

o 

iH 

cu 

3 
T3 

g 

C£J 

3 

on 

3 

R 

& 

fl 

c 

J3 

C 

x: 

c 

o 

c 

cu 

R 

cu 

<S1 

■on 

o 

•on 

c 

Si 

UJ 

UJ 

UJ 

£ 

x: 

cu 

C 


c 
E 


nnnnnnnnn 


a 


o 
's? 


-a 
cu 
.S 

3 
T3 
'> 

3 


Fold  Here 


MAJOR  CHOICE 

(Please 

□  Accounting 

□  Actuarial  Science 

□  Biochemistry 

□  Biology 

□  Business  Administration 

□  Chemistry 

D  Computer  Science 

□  Economics 

□  Elementary  Education 

□  English 

□  Foreign  Language 

□  French 

□  Cerman 

□  History 

□  Individualized  Major 


number  the  majors  in  order  of  your  preference.  Select  no  more  than  three.) 


□  International  Business 
D  Mathematics 

D  Medical  Technology 

□  Music 

□  Music  Education 

□  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

□  Nursing 

D  Operations  Research 

□  Philosophy 

□  Physics 

D  Political  Science 

□  Psychology 
Q  Religion 

□  Sacred  Music 

□  Social  Science 


□  Social  Service 

□  Sociology 

□  Spanish 

□  Undecided 

Thomas  Jefferson  University 
College  of  Allied  Health  Sciences: 

□  Cytotechnology 

□  Dental  Hygiene 

□  Medical  Technology 

□  Nursing 

□  Occupational  Therapy 

□  Physical  Therapy 

□  Radiologic  Technology 


PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 


D  Dentistry 

□  Engineering 

□  Forestry 


(Please  check  the  professional  area(s)  of  interest  to  you  (optional): 

□  Law  □  Optometry  □  Podiatry 

D  Medicine  □  Osteopathy  □  Veterinary  Medicine 

□  Ministry  □  Pharmacy  □  Other 


Please  explain  why  you  chose  to  apply  to  Lebanon  Valley  College:  (if  more  space  is  necessary,  use  additional  sheet.) 


I  am  enclosing  the  application  fee  of  $20.00  and  understand  this  fee  is  not  refundable.  In  signing  this  formal  application,  I 
signify  the  information  provided  is  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief  accurate  and  correct.  If  accepted  to  the  College, 
I  agree  to  abide  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  College. 


Applicant's  Signature . 


.  Date . 


Fold  Hert 


Application  For  Admission 
19_ 

(Please  Print  Clearly) 


LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 

ANNVILLE,  PA  17003 

(717)867-4411 


Name: 


Address: 


(City) 
Home  Phone:< ) 


Date  of  Birth: 
High  School: . 
H.S.  Address: 


(Zip) 
.  Social  Security  #:  _ 

Height: 


.  Weight: 


.  Counselor: 


.  H.S.  Phone:! L_ 


(Street) 


.  H.S.  Grad.  year: 


(City)  (State) 

'■  transferring,  list  college(s)/year(s): 


(Zip) 


_  Year(s): 
.  Year(s): 


D  Parent    □  Guardian    D  Spouse     Information:  (Check  one.) 
Q  Mr.    D  Mrs.     D  Mr.  &  Mrs. 
Address 


Father's  Job/Employer: . 
Mother's  Job/Employer: 


(Firstl 

(Middle  Initial) 

(Last) 

(Number) 

IStreet) 

Phone:  i_ 

(City) 

l 

(State) 

(Zip) 

Spouse  or  Guardian's  Employer: 

Applicant's  Job/Employer: 

Age(s):  of  Brothers: 


Age(s)  of  Sisters: 


If  applicable,  age(s)  of  Children: 
Religious  Preference: 


Do  you  plan  to  apply  for  financial  aid?  □  Yes  □  No 

What  serious  illness(es)  have  you  had  in  the  past  two  years? 


What  varsity  sports  did  you  play  in  high  school? . 


Other  extra-curricular  activities: 


High  School  Honors: . 


List  the  name(s)/relationship(s)  of  any  friend(s)/relative(s)  who  attend  or  attended  LVC: . 


How  did  you  learn  about  Lebanon  Valley? 
DO  NOT  WRITE  BELOW  THIS  LINE  _ 

Advisory  Group  Action: 

Conditions: 

Signature: 


.  Date: 


(Check  one  in  each  category  below): 
□  Male  □  Female 


□  Freshman 


□  Transfer 


Q  Early  Decision 

□  Regular  Admission 


D  Resident 


D  Commuter 


O  Part-time 


□  Full-time 


D  Regular 
School 


□  Continuing 
Education 


□  Spring  Term  (January) 

□  Fall  Term  (August) 

D  Single  D  Married 

□  Separated  D  Divorced 

□  Widow(er) 

DO  NOT  WRITE  BELOW  THIS  LINE 


Application . 
$20  Fee 


H.S.  Record . 


College  Transcripts 


Deposit: 


Class  Rank: 
SATV 
SATM 
ACH 

ACT 


ENGL MATH  . 

NSCI SSCI  _ 


Composite: 


AUD. 


_UMS  - 
_OH_ 


ALUM 

SRCH PRES  . 


112    Index 


1—1    cu 

o  .22 

-a   o 

5  o 

cu 

*S   <" 

_C 

S-x 

O.  43 

'0 

cu 

x 
to 

1,3     O 

c  -a 

n    cu 

o 

C 
cu 

cu 

Xj 

c 
"2 

g  this  for 
If  accept 

du 

o 

r3 

c  X 

;ff. 

□ 

D 

n 

cu 
to 

3 

Si  S. 

ra 

cu 

c 
o 

£ 

4— 

re 

c 

"5. 

o 

cO 
to 
to 
CU 

1—1   T3 

o 

-Q    ., 

3 
O 

cu 

rd     cu 

c 

"2  "fa 

>. 

V) 

—    — 

3 
to 

cu 
1- 

CU 

4— » 

x 

& 

cu 

CJ 
fC 
D. 
to 

not  refu 
:lief  accu 

Q> 

"rO 

ro 

cu 

C 

S 

o 

e 

o 

.2JS 

"o 

o 

4-1 

cu 

-4-> 
to 

x 

a 

J    C 

to 

o 

o 

EC 

^. 

</>    * 

r3 
a) 

D 

n 

D 

cu 
■on 

33  -a 

£3 

cu 

"O     cu 

"75 
S 

"o 

iderstar 
y  know 

cu 

cu 

cu 

"o 

•52 

n 

$20.00  and  ur 
•  the  best  of  m 

U 

2 

c 
o 

cu 
X 
4-4 

cu 

c 

CJ 
cu 

cu 

C 

4-> 
to 

X! 

CU 

-J 
o 

4-1 

O 
to 

C 

o 
1 

CJ 

cu 

S3 

J 

CU 

-3  ° 

to 
cu  •— 

3 

•on 

en 

cu 

□ 

D 

n 

CO 

_o 

cu 
to 

o 
x 

cation  fe 
Drovided 

-a 
C 
nJ 

to 

cu 

u 

CJ 

3 

i? 

C 
3. 

X 
CU 

cu 

sa 

cu 

CU 

a.  c 
Q.   o 
CO    XS 

3 

cu 

X 

a. 

Cu 

CU      ™ 

4-1 

3 

o 

en 
en 

s 

Cu 

'43 
C 
cu 

Q 
D 

■ofi 
c 
'C 
cu 

cu 

C 

"So 

c 

Cd 

D 

□ 

I  am  enclosing  th 
signify  the  inform 

1? 
cu 

-a 

o 
4-1 

cu 
cu 

■OC 

13 
C 

•OS 

oo 

_to 

4-4 

c 

CO 
_CJ 

"a. 

I 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


\J 


5SS 

O 

|P 

I 

sss 

m 

HI 

m 

zfig 

I 

c«  ■<  0) 

D 

pn» 

eg 

i°o 

■< 

|E8 

D 

m 

»->  rn 

CO 

o 

m 

o 

u 

112    /mfer 


c 

2 

2  2 

-n  m  O 

pi 

POST 
CESS 
MAIL 

H  >  > 

o  3  o 

Cfl 

Gampt 


©  Administration  Bi 
®  Allan  W.  Mund  Co 
©  Arnold  Field 
©  Art  Studio 
©  Blair  Music  Centei 
©  Carnegie  Bldg.  (A< 
©  Centre  Hall 
©  Faculty  Offices,  10 
©  Faculty  Offices,  1 1 
®  Faculty  Offices,  13 
©  Funkhouser  Hall 
©  Gladys  M.  Fencil  I 
®  Gossard  Memorial 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


BUSINESS  REPLY  CARD 


FIRST  CLASS     PERMIT  NO.  8     ANNVILLE.PA. 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 
OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS 


ANNVILLE,  PENNSYLVANIA     17003 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


BUSINESS  REPLY  CARD 


FIRST  CLASS     PERMIT  NO.  8     ANNVILLE.PA. 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 
OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS 


ANNVILLE,  PENNSYLVANIA     17003 


Campus  Map  and  Key 


© 


? ' 


t_"V"'r— » 


\ 


Focidiioob  to  Aimaiic  Fitld 


©  Administration  Building 

®  Hammond  Hall 

@  Science  Center 

©  Allan  W.  Mund  College  Center 

©  Heating  Plant 

@  Science  Hall 

©  Arnold  Field 

©  Infirmary 

®  Security  Building 

©  Art  Studio 

©  Keister  Hall 

®  Sheridan  Hall 

®  Blair  Music  Center 

@  Kreiderheim 

®  Silver  Hall 

©  Carnegie  Bldg.  (Admissions! 

®  Laughlin  Hall 

®  South  Entrance  (Bollinger)  Plaza 

©  Centre  Hall 

®  Lynch  Memorial  Gymnasium 

®  United  Methodist  Church 

©  Faculty  Offices.  104  College  Ave. 

©  Maintenance  Building 

®  Vickroy  Hall 

©  Faculty  Offices,  1 12  College  Ave. 

@  Mary  Capp  Green  Hall 

®  Wagner  House 

®  Faculty  Offices,  130  College  Ave. 

©  Miller  Chapel 

®  West  Hall 

(01  Funkhouser  Hall 

®  North  College 

@  West  Annex 

®  Gladys  M.  Fencil  Bldg.  (Registrar) 

©  SaylorHall 

©  Gossard  Memorial  Library 

@  Science  Annex 

u 
u 

u 
-J 

mi 

Sal- 

Og*r> 

ssi=  * 

93^ 


C  82/83 


u 

U 
-J 

uO 
uu 

ill- 

93^ 


NAME 


First 


ADDRESS 


Street 


City 
TELEPHONE  L 


State  ZIP 

.SOCIAL  SECURITY  NO.. 


County 


Area  Code 


HIGH  SCHOOL 


Year  of  High  School  Graduation 
Transfer  Student?    Yes 


Proposed  College  Major(s):  (a) 
(b) 
(c) 

Extra  Curricular  Interests   


College  or  University 


No. 


I  would  Like  an  Interview  &  Tour 
Date   


Time: 


Other  Material  or  Information  Needed: 


I  Would  Like  a  Phone  Call  From  an  Admissions  Counselor . 


NAME 


Middle 


ADDRESS 


Street 


City 

TELEPHONE  ( L 


State  ZIP 

.SOCIAL SECURITY  NO. 


County 


Area  Code 


HIGH  SCHOOL 


Year  of  High  School  Graduation 
Transfer  Student?     Yes 


No. 


Proposed  College  Major(s):  (a) 
(b) 
(c) 


College  or  University 


Extra  Curricular  Interests   

I  would  Like  an  Interview  &  Tour 
Date   


Time: 


Other  Material  or  Information  Needed: 


C  82/83 


I  Would  Like  a  Phone  Call  From  an  Admissions  Counselor .